text:
Table of
Balances................................. 5-102
Mixers................................. 103-108
Pipettes............................... 109-112
Static Solutions................... 113-116
Weights............................... 117-209
Weight Accessories............. 210-214
Reference............................ 215-254
Weight Calibration
Request Form.............................255
Table of Contents........................ 2-3
Rice Lake.................................... 6-9
A & D Weighing....................... 10-40
Acculab................................... 41-48
Ohaus..................................... 49-86
Sartorius................................ 87-102
Vortex-Genie®.............................104
Additional Accessories................105
Disruptor Genie®.........................106
Disruptor Beads®........................106
MicroPlate Genie®.......................107
Roto-Shake Genie®. ...................108
Rice Lake Breeze/Pipette Sets....110
10 Tips To Improve
Your Pipetting Technique..... 111-112
Static Solutions...........................114
Static Brushes.............................114
Ionizing Strips..............................114
Static Brushes Accessories.........115
Ionizing Strip Accessories...........115
Staticmaster Ionmaster™........115
2 • Precision Solutions
NIST Weights
Avoirdupois
Heavy Capacity
Grip Handle Weights...................118
Cast Iron, Grip Handle
Test Weights...............................118
Heavy Nesting Slab Weights.......119
Individual Cylindrical Weights......120
Ring Weights...............................122
Decimal Pound
Cylindrical Weights......................123
Dish Weights...............................123
Slotted Weights...........................124
Weight Sets......................... 126-133
Cylindrical Individual Weights......121
Leaf Weights...............................122
Cube Weights.............................123
Individual Weights.......................124
Weights.......................................125
ASTM Weights
Slotted Interlocking Weights........139
Hangers......................................140
Fairbanks Round Interlocking......141
Fairbanks Square Interlocking.....141
Howe Round Slotted
Interlocking Weights....................142
Howe Counterpoise
Hanger Weights..........................142
Toledo Triangle Weights...............142
Toledo Counterpoise
Electronic Balance
Calibration Weight Kits................143
Grip Handle Individual
Individual Hook Weights..............149
Individual Weight Hooks..............150
Individual Leaf Weight Kits...........151
Cylindrical Individual
Weight Kits.......................... 152-156
Fairbanks Hexagon Weights.......141
Fairbanks Round
and Square Hangers...................141
Individual Weight Kits.......... 159-163
Individual Leaf Weight Kits... 164-166
To place an order call 800-472-6703 or visit ricelake.com/precision
© 2008 Rice Lake Weighing Systems • Prices & specifications subject to change without notice
Table of Contents Continued
OIML Weights
Leaf Weight Kits..........................195
Individual Cylindrical
Weight Kits..................................196
Weight Accessories
Sealing Plugs..............................210
Clean Room Cases.....................211
Replacement Cases....................211
Pelican Cases.............................211
Transfer Cart...............................212
Touch-Up Repair Paint................212
Dust Covers................................212
Cloves.........................................213
Transfer Equipment.....................213
Standard Balance Slab...............213
Clean Room Table.......................213
Standard Balance Table..............213
Anti-Vibration..............................213
Ordering Mass Standards
and Test Weights........................216
44 Accuracy Classes..................217
OIML International
Laboratory Weights & Precision
Mass Standards Weight
Classification....................... 218-219
U.S. Laboratory
Weights & Precision Mass
Standards ASTM Weight
Metric Weight Tolerances............222
U.S. Field Standard
Weight Classification...................223
Avoirdupois Tolerance
Conversion..................................224
NIST Metric Weight
Tolerances...................................225
Ordering Weights
and Weight Sets..........................226
of Units of Measure.....................227
Selection Guide...........................228
Documentation...........................229
TMAP Calibration Report............230
TMAP Traceable Certificate.........231
RLWS Traceable
Mass Value Report......................232
Certificate of Accuracy................233
How will a NVLAP-Accredited
Calibration Lab Benefit Me?........234
Traceability..................................235
Properties of Magnetism
in Mass Standards.............. 236-238
Weight Cleaning
Procedures......................... 239-240
Balance Verification Using
Calibrated Weights.............. 241-243
Weights, Balance
and Uncertainty................... 244-246
Factors in the
Environment........................ 247-248
Ordering Laboratory
Glossary of Terms.......................250
Returns and Warranties...............251
Critical Specifications
and Ordering Information.... 252-253
Shipping Information...................254
Weight Recalibration
Precision Solutions • 3
MB Series.......................................6
QB Series........................................8
Phoenix GH Series........................10
Gemini GR Series..........................12
Orion HR Series............................14
AD-4212A Series..........................16
GX Series......................................18
GF Series......................................20
GF-G Series..................................22
GF-P Series..................................24
FXi & FXi-WP Series......................25
AD-1683 Static Eliminator.............27
EK-i Series....................................28
EW-i Series...................................30
GX-K Series..................................32
GF-K Series..................................34
GP Series......................................36
MS-70/MX-50/MF-50 Series.........38
Viscometers..................................40
Acculab®
Atilon Analytical.............................41
Atilon Precision Industrial...............42
ALC Series....................................43
VICON Series................................45
ECON Series.................................45
Pocket Pro Series.........................47
SVI Series......................................48
Ohaus®
Discovery......................................49
Pioneer™.......................................51
Voyager® Pro................................53
Explorer® Pro Analytical.................55
Explorer® Pro Precision
and High Capacity........................57
Explorer® Pro NTEP Precision
Adventurer™ Pro............................61
Moisture Analyzers........................65
Scout™ Pro....................................67
Compact Scale.............................69
CL Compact Series.......................70
Hand-Held Series..........................71
YA Pocket Series..........................71
Triple Pro Beam.............................73
Harvard Trip..................................73
Harvard Junior..............................75
School and Primer........................75
Dial-O-Gram® & Cent-O-Gram®....77
Field Test Scale.............................78
Heavy Duty Solution......................78
FD Food Portioning.......................79
Valor™ 5000..................................81
Valor™ 3000 Xtreme......................83
Sartorius®
Genius Ultra-Micro & Micro...........87
ME Semi-Micro Series...................89
Extend Series................................91
CPA Series....................................93
LA Reference Series Analytical......95
LA Reference Series Toploading....97
Talent Series..................................99
MA Series...................................101
MB Series Top Loader Balances
• Large 0.64 in (16.5 mm) six-digit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
• Automatic zero-tracking
• Three units of measure
• Double-ended tuning fork load sensor eliminates warm-up time
• 115 VAC adapter included or 230 VAC adapter optional, 50/60 Hz
• Five-year limited warranty
MB-3000E
Overall Dimensions (W x D):
Calibration Mass
(Recommended ASTM Class 6):
7.0 in x 8.9 in (180 mm x 230 mm)
MB-150SL, MB-150L: 150 g
MB-300L: 300 g
MB-600PL: 600 g
MB-1500SL, MB-1500L: 1500 g
MB-3000L: 3000 g
MB-6000PL: 6000 g
Tare Range:
1.5% to full scale
Admissable RH%:
80% (max.)
AMBient Temperature:
32°F to 104°F (0°C to 40°C)
Semi-Automatic Calibration:
External calibration with reference weight
Repeatability/Std. Dev:
MB-150SL, MB-1500SL: ±0.003 g
MB-150L, MB-300L: ±0.01 g
MB-600PL: ±0.02 g
MB-1500L, MB-3000L: ±0.1 g
MB-6000PL: ±0.2 g
Sensitivity Drift (ppm/°C/span):
±8 g
% of Minimum Division:
MB-150L: 0.05
MB-300L, MB-3000L: 0.1
MB-600PL, MB-6000PL: 0.2
MB-150SL, MB-1500SL,
MB-1500L: 0.25
Pan Sizes:
Linearity:
MB-150E, MB-300E, MB-600P, MB-1500S:
5.56 in (140 mm) dia
MB-150S: 4.3 in (109 mm) dia
MB-1500E, MB-3000E, MB-6000P:
Series Capacities
MB-150SL
150 x 0.001
5.2 x 0.00005
MB-150L
150 x 0.01
5.2 x 0.0005
1500 x 0.05
10 x 0.005
MB-600pL
3000 x 0.1
MB-1500sL
52 x 0.0005
MB-1500L
15,000 x 0.5
MB-6000pL
30,000 x 1
Rice Lake MODEL #capacityEst. Ship weight
66742..........MB-150SL..............................150 g x 0.001 g....................................................................... 6 lb....................................... $841.00
66741..........MB-150L.................................150 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 6 lb......................................... 690.00
66744..........MB-600PL..............................600 g 0.01 g.......................................................................... 6 lb......................................... 755.00
67025..........MB-1500SL............................1,500 g x 0.01 g...................................................................... 7 lb......................................... 840.00
66745..........MB-1500L...............................1,500 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 7 lb......................................... 690.00
66747..........MB-6000PL............................6,000 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 7 lb......................................... 755.00
Options/Accessories
Part #description
42566..........115 VAC adapter................................................................................................................................................................... 47.00
42169..........Internal rechargeable battery............................................................................................................................................... 155.00
42175..........RS-232 interface w/DIN-5 pin connector (Incompatible with PN 42169).............................................................................. 185.00
44701..........In-use cover.......................................................................................................................................................................... 14.00
42192..........Additional operating manual.................................................................................................................................................. 35.00
QB Series Top Loader Balances
• Automatic zero tracking
• Large 0.5 in (12.5 mm) six-digit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
• 12 units of measure
• Counting and checkweighing mode
• In-use cover
QB-620E
8.1 in x 12.2 in (208 mm x 310 mm)
QB-150E, QB-300L, QB-620L: ±0.01 g
QB-600L: ±0.02 g
QB-3000SL: ±0.06 g
QB-1500L, QB-3000L, QB-6200L,
QB-6000E, QB-12KE: 0.1 g
Scale Tare Range:
Display Refresh:
Five-level selectable
QB-3000L: ±5
QB-6000E, QB-12KE: ±8
QB-150E, QB-300L, QB-600L,
QB-1500L, QB-3000L: ±10
QB-150E, QB1500L: 0.025
QB-300L, QB-600L, QB-3000L: 0.05
QB-620L, QB-6200L: 0.1
QB-3000L, QB-6000E, QB-12KE: 0.25
QB-6000E, QB-12KE: ±0.1 g
QB-150E: 150 g
QB-300L: 300 g
QB-1500L: 1,500 g
QB-3000L, QB-3000S: 3,000 g
QB-6000E: 6,000 g
QB-12KE: 12,000 g
QB-150E, QB-300E,
QB-600, QB-620E: 5.5 in (140 mm) dia
QB1500E, QB-3000E, QB-3000S,
QB-6200E, QB-6000E, QB-12KE:
ozt
0.15 x 0.00001
QB-300L
QB620L
QB1500L
QB-3000L
3 x 0.0001
QB-3000SL
3 x 0.00001
15,000 x 0.05*
100 x 0.005**
1900 x 0.005***
qb-6000e
190 x 0.0005
qb-12ke
180,000 x 20
tl (Hong-Kong)
tl (Chinese)
tl (Taiwan)
* Readability is 0.1 when the weight value is more than 10,000
** Readability is 0.001 when the weight value is more than 100
*** Readability is 0.01 when the weight value is more than 1000
QB Series
Rice Lake MODEL #capacity
est. ship weight
41532..........QB-150E.................................150 g x 0.01 g........................................................................ 9 lb....................................... $995.00
66754..........QB-300L.................................300 g x 0.01 g........................................................................ 9 lb......................................... 910.00
66749..........QB-620L.................................620 g x 0.01 g........................................................................ 9 lb...................................... 1,015.00
66750..........QB-1500L...............................1,500 g x 0.1 g....................................................................... 10 lb....................................... 885.00
66752..........QB-3000SL.............................3,000 g x 0.01 g..................................................................... 10 lb.................................... 1,120.00
41538..........QB-6000E...............................6,000 g x 0.2 g....................................................................... 10 lb.................................... 1,075.00
66753..........QB-6200L...............................6,200 g x 0.1 g....................................................................... 10 lb.................................... 1,075.00
41540..........QB-12KE................................12,000 g x 1 g........................................................................ 10 lb.................................... 1,145.00
A & D Weighing
Phoenix GH Series Analytical/Semi-Micro Balances
• Simple and easy to operate. Adapts to your environment
• GLP/GMP/GCP/ISO compliance which outputs the calibration data
and ID number of the balance for calibration confirmation to the
AD-8121B printer
• Internal calibration mass; full digital calibration
• System diagnostic to alert operator of abnormal weighing conditions
• Underhook capability for density determination and weighing
magnetic substances
• RS-232C bi-directional interface
• Data memory function
• Time and date function
• WinCT®communication tools software
• Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
Overall Dimensions (W x D x H):
8.54 in x 17.4 in x 12.24 in
(217 mm x 442 mm x 311 mm)
Five times per second (stable) / 10 times
per second (unstable)
41°F to 104°F (5°C to 40°C) RH < 85%
GH-120, GH-200: ±0.02 mg
GH-202: ±0.02 mg/±0.03 mg
GH-300: ±0.3 mg
100, 120, 220, 240 VAC (AC adapter) 50Hz/60Hz
Calibration Mass:
±2 ppm when automatic self calibration is not used
Pan Size:
3.6 in (90 mm) dia
GH-120, GH-200: 0.1 mg
GH-202: 0.1 mg/0.02 mg
GH-300: 0.2 mg
GH-120: 50 g/100 g
GH-120: 100 g/200 g
GH-202, GH-252: 20 g/50 g/100 g/200 g
GH-300: 100/200/300 g
Five-year limited warranty
Weight (APPROX):
18.7 lbs (8.2 kg)
t (Tola)
TL (Tael)
120000 x 0.1
77.2 x 0.001
1852 x 0.002
10.3 x 0.00001
141.5 x 0.0001
58.7 x 0.0001
10 • Precision Solutions
141.5 x 0.001
18.86 x 0.00001
51 x 0.00001
51000 x 0.1
1.8 x 0.000001
1.64 x 0.000001
250,000 x 0.1
101 x 0.00001
101000 x 0.01
1559 x 0.0002
Phoenix GH Series
A&D MODEL #capacityEst. ship weight
GH Series
97597..........GH-120...................................120 g x 0.1 mg........................................................................ 18.7 lb/8.2 kg.................... $2,795.00
97599..........GH-200...................................220 g x 0.1 mg........................................................................ 18.7 lb/8.2 kg...................... 3,195.00
97601..........GH-202...................................220/51 g x 0.1 mg/0.01 mg..................................................... 18.7 lb/8.2 kg...................... 4,295.00
97602..........GH-252...................................250/101 g x 0.1/0.01 mg........................................................ 18.7 lb/8.2 kg...................... 4,695.00
MODEL #description
97603..........GH-29.....................................Bluetooth , factory installed, 30 ft maximum......................................................................... 349.00
97604..........GH-08.....................................Ethernet option for GH......................................................................................................... 498.00
97605..........AD-100-2................................Anti theft device..................................................................................................................... 49.00
97606..........AD-1653.................................Density determination kit...................................................................................................... 425.00
97607..........AD-1682.................................Rechargeable battery pack.................................................................................................. 465.00
97608..........AD-8920.................................Universal remote display....................................................................................................... 250.00
97609..........AD-8922.................................Remote controller................................................................................................................. 550.00
97610..........AD-1683.................................Static eliminator................................................................................................................. 1,095.00
97611..........CC:103E.................................Carrying case for GH series.................................................................................................. 339.00
97612..........SW:128...................................Foot switch............................................................................................................................ 69.00
97613..........TB:136....................................AC adapter (120V).................................................................................................................. 39.00
97649..........TB:110C.................................AC adapter (120V).................................................................................................................. 39.00
Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG
Precision Solutions • 11
Gemini GR Series Analytical/Semi-Micro Balances
• GLP/GMP/GCP/ISO compliant software outputs the calibration
data and ID number of the balance for calibration confirmation
to the AD-8121B printer
• Easy access door system
• Automatic self-calibration
• Underhook capability for density measurement
and weighing magnetic material
• Internal calibration standard
• RS-232 bi-directional interface
9.8 in x 12.99 in x 12.87 in
GR-120, GR-200, GR-300: ± 0.0002 g
GR-202: ± 0.0002 g/± 0.0003 g
5º C-30ºC/50ºF-86ºF
13.2 lb (6.0 kg)
GR-120, GR-200, GR-300: 0.0001 g
GR-202: 0.0001/0.00002 g
GR-120: 50 g/100 g
GR-200: 100 g/200 g
Gemini GR Series
97625..........GR-120...................................120 g x 0.1 mg........................................................................ 13.2 lb/6 kg....................... $2,575.00
97626..........GR-200...................................210 g x 0.1 mg........................................................................ 13.2 lb/6 kg......................... 2,975.00
97628..........GR-202...................................42 g/210 g x 0.01 mg/0.1 mg.................................................. 13.2 lb/6 kg......................... 4,075.00
A&D MODEL #description
97605..........AD-100-2................................Anti-theft device..................................................................................................................... 49.00
Orion HR Series Analytical/Semi-Micro Balances
data and ID number of the balance for calibration confirmation to
the AD-8121B printer
• Optional battery pack (HR-60, HR-120 and HR-200)
• System diagnostics to alert operator of abnormal weighing conditions
• RS-232C bi-directional interface (option for HR-60, HR-120 and
HR-200. Standard for HR-300i and HR-202i)
and weighing magnetic materials
HR-60, HR-120, HR-200: 8.4 in x 12.6 in x 11.9 in
HR-202i, HR-300i: 8.54 in x 17.4 in x 12.24 in
HR-60, HR-120, HR-200: ±0.0002 g
HR-202i: ±0.0002g/±0.0003 g
HR-300i: ±0.00003 g
*100, 120, 220, 240 VAC (AC adapter)
HR-60: 50 g
HR-120: 100 g
HR-202i: 20/50/100/200 g
HR-300i: 100/200/300 g
HR-60, HR-120, HR-200: 3.3 in (85 mm) dia
HR-202i, HR-300i: 3.6 in (90 mm) dia
HR-60, HR-120, HR-200: 12.5 lb (5.7 kg)
HR-202i, HR-300i: 17.6 lb (8.0 kg)
HR-60, HR-120, HR-200: 0.0001 g
HR-202i: 0.0001/0.00002 g
HR-300i: 0.0002 g
Note: Orion HR series does have internal calibration
*Optional 10 hours of continuous operation with rechargeable battery pack (HR-09) for HR-60, HR-120 and HR-200 only.
HR-60
HR-202I
51000 x 0.01
Orion HR Series
A&D MODEL #capacity/description
97635..........HR-60.....................................60 g x 0.1 mg (NTEP CPC #97-084)....................................... 12.5 lb/7.5 kg.................... $1,525.00
97636..........HR-60-C.................................60 g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C................................................... 12.5 lb/7.5 kg...................... 1,625.00
97637..........HR-120...................................120 g x 0.1 mg........................................................................ 12.5 lb/7.5 kg...................... 1,925.00
97638..........HR-120-C...............................120 g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C................................................. 12.5 lb/7.5 kg...................... 2,025.00
97641..........HR-202i..................................51 g/220 g x 0.01 mg/0.1 mg with RS-232C........................... 17.6 lb/8.0 kg...................... 3,875.00
97642..........HR-300i..................................320 g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C................................................. 17.6 lb/8.0 kg...................... 3,475.00
97645..........HR-29.....................................Bluetooth , factory installed, 30 ft maximum......................................................................... 349.00
97646..........HR-03.....................................Serial interface (RS-232C) for HR-60/120/200...................................................................... 135.00
97647..........HR-05.....................................20mA current loop interface for HR-60/120/200................................................................... 99.00
97648..........HR-09.....................................NiCd battery pack for HR-60, HR-60-C, HR-120, HR-120-C, HR-200, HR-200-C only........ 295.00
97611..........CC:103E.................................Storage/carrying case for HR-60, HR-120, HR-200-C versions only.................................... 339.00
97649..........TB:110C.................................HR AC adapter (120V)............................................................................................................ 39.00
97650..........TB:136....................................HR-i adapter (120V)............................................................................................................... 39.00
AD-4212A Series Analytical Balances
• Comparator output (Hi/OK/Lo) feature for manual
or automatic operation as well as buzzer function
• GLP/GMP compliant software output
• Breeze break for maximum accuracy and fastest response
• Standard calibration weight
• Simple operator reference card provided
• Multi-weighing units
• Time & date clock function
• Data memory function for weighing, calibration, counting
and Hi/OK/Lo values
• Counting & percent mode
• Super Hybrid Sensor Technology (SHS)
Weighing Unit: 3.1 in x 9.0 in x 3.5 in
(80 mm x 230 mm x 90 mm)
Display Unit: 9.3 in x 5.9 in x 6.1 in
(237 mm x 150 mm x 155 mm)
AD-4212A-100: 0.00015 g
AD-4212A-200, AD-4212-600,
AD-4212-1000: 0.001 g
AD-4212B-102: @ 30 g, 0.01 mg; @ 100 g, 0.04 mg
AD-4212B-201: 0.1 mg
AD-4212A-100: ±0.0003 g
AD-4212-600, AD-4212-1000: ±0.0003 g
AD-4212B-102: +/-0.1 mg
Display Refresh Rate:
10 times per second or 5 times
per second (selectable)
± 2 ppm when automatic self calibration is not
used 10º to 30ºC/50ºF-80ºF
AD-4212A-100, AD-4212A: 2.0 in x 2.0 in
(50 mm x 50 mm)
AD-4212-600, AD-1212-1000: 2.8 in x 2.8 in
AD-4212B-102: 2.8 in (70 mm) dia
AD-4212B-201/301: 2.0 in x 2.0 in
Weighing Unit: Approx. 4.4 lb (2 kg)
Display Unit: Approx. 4.4 lb (2 kg)
Calibration Weight Oml F1:
AD-4212A-100: 50 g
AD-4212A-200: 100 g
AD-4212-600, AD-4212-1000: 200 g
AD-4212B-102: 50 g
AD-4212B-201: 100 g
I/O Interface:
Comparator Output:
Three level with buzzer
External Contact Input:
Re-zero and print
Approx. 11VA (supplied to the AC adapter)
AD-4212A Series
A&D MODEL #capacity/descriptionEst. ship weight
97654..........AD-4212A-100........................110 g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C................................................. 8.5 lb/4 kg......................... $4,595.00
102925........AD-4212B-102........................110 g x 0.01 mg with RS-232C............................................... 8.5 lb/4 kg........................... 6,995.00
102926........AD-4212B-201........................210 g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C................................................. 8.5 lb/4 kg........................... 5,495.00
97655..........AD-4212A-200........................210 g x 0.001 g with RS-232C................................................ 8.5 lb/4 kg........................... 3,995.00
97657..........AD-4212A-1000......................1,100 g x 0.1 mg with RS-232C.............................................. 8.5 lb/4 kg........................... 4,595.00
97672..........AD-4212A-01..........................BCD output (factory installed, 4 month leadtime).................................................................. 525.00
97674..........AD-4212A-07..........................Extension cable, 1 meter...................................................................................................... 139.00
97676..........AD-4212A-19..........................Stainless steel breeze break (200 g only)................................................................................ 89.00
GX Series Toploader Balances
• Internal calibration weight
• Auto environmental compensation
• IP54 splash proof operator keyboard
• GLP/GMP/ISO compliant to either AD-8121 printer or computer.
Transmits date, time, ID number, serial number and calibration data
• Auto re-zero function
• Interval time setting; time and date built-in
• Rechargeable battery option for portable needs
• Multiple weighing modes: Counting, Percentage
and Comparator Modes
• Vacuum Florescent Display (VFD)
• Optional glass breeze break
• Underhook weighing
Overall Dimensions:
8.26 in x 12.48 in x 3.38 in
(210 mm x 317 mm x 86 mm)
41°F to 104°F (5°C to 40°C) RH<85%
Percentage Min. Div.:
110, 120, 210, 220VAC, 50/60 Hz
GX-200, GX-400: ±0.002 g
GX-600, GX-800, GX-1000: ±0.003 g
GX-2000, GX-4000: ±0.02 g
GX-6100: ±0.03 g
GX-6000, GX-8000: ±0.1 g
GX-200, GX-400, GX-600, GX-800,
GX-1000: 10.1 lb (4.6 kg)
GX-2000, GX-4000, GX-6100, GX-6000,
Weighing Modes:
Animal weighing, comparator function, ACAI
counting function, Percentage function, Density
Repeatability/Standard Dev.:
GX-1000: 0.001 g
GX-2000, GX-4000, GX-6100: 0.01 g
GX-6000, GX-8000: 0.1 g
Stabilization Time:
GX-200, GX-400, GX-600, GX-2000,
GX-4000, GX-6000, GX-8000: Approx. 1 second
(typical in fast mode)
GX-800, GX-1000, GX-6100: Approx. 1.5 seconds
GX Series Capacities
7.40755 x 0.00005
0.462970 x 0.000005
135.033 x 0.001
1050.000 x 0.005
56.0000 x 0.0005
3240.80 x 0.02
14.46230 x 0.00005
109.3335 x 0.0005
3050.000 x 0.0005
12500.21 x 0.02
16975.6 x 0.02
74.0755 x 0.00005
4.62970 x 0.000005
32408.0 x 0.2
144.6230 x 0.00005
6100 x .01
3922.4 x 0.1
94136 x 2
260.420 x 0.0005
125002 x 2
97685..........GX-200...................................210 g x 0.001 g with standard breeze break............................ 10.11 lb/4.6 kg.................. $1,575.00
97686..........GX-400...................................410 g x 0.001 g with standard breeze break............................ 10.11 lb/4.6 kg.................... 1,975.00
97688..........GX-800...................................810 g x .001 g with standard breeze break.............................. 10.11 lb/4.6 kg.................... 2,445.00
97689..........GX-1000.................................1,100 g x .001 g with standard breeze break........................... 10.11 lb/4.6 kg.................... 2,575.00
97690..........GX-2000.................................2,100 g x 0.01 g...................................................................... 11.2 lb/5.1 kg...................... 1,575.00
97693..........GX-6000.................................6,100 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 11.2 lb/5.1 kg...................... 1,825.00
97695..........GX-04.....................................Comparator output; factory installed only............................................................................. 170.00
97696..........GX-06.....................................Analog output; factory installed only..................................................................................... 399.00
97697..........GX-10.....................................Glass breeze break for GX-200/400/600.............................................................................. 254.00
97698..........GX-11.....................................Glass breeze break for GX-2000/4000/6100/6000/8000...................................................... 254.00
97699..........GX-12.....................................Animal weighing pan for GX-400/600/2000/4000/6100/6000/8000..................................... 156.00
97700..........GX-13.....................................Density determination kit for GX-200/400/600...................................................................... 450.00
97701..........GX-29.....................................Bluetooth®, factory installed, 30 ft maximum........................................................................ 349.00
97702..........CC:102E.................................Storage/Carrying case.......................................................................................................... 145.00
97703..........AX:073003691-S....................Protective in-use cover for GX-200/400/600.......................................................................... 17.00
97704..........AX:073003692-S....................Protective in-use cover for GX-2000/4000/6100/6000/8000.................................................. 17.00
102891........GX-02.....................................USB option.......................................................................................................................... 120.00
GX Series Options/Accessories
GF Series Toploader Balances
• IP54 splashproof operator keyboard
• RS-232C bi-directional communication
• GLP/ISO/LIMS compliant to either AD-8121 printer or computer.
• Data collection software compatible
• WinCT® communication tools software
• Interval time setting
• Multiple weighing units
GF-200, GF-300: ±0.002 g
GF-400, GF-600, GF-800, GF-1000: ±0.003 g
GF-1200, GF-2000, GF-3000, GF-400: ±0.02 g
GF-6100: ±0.03 g
GF-6000, GF-8000: ±0.1 g
Selected Models NTEP. CofC 03-005
GF-200, GF-300, GF-400, GF-600, GF-800,
GF-1000: 0.001 g
GF-1200, GF-2000, GF-3000, GF-4000,
GF-6100: 0.01 g
GF-6000, GF-8000: 0.1 g
GF-1000: 10.12 lb (4.6 kg)
GF-6100, GF-6000, GF-8000: 9.5 lb (4.3 kg)
11.2 lb (5.1 kg)
GF-200, GF-300, GF-400, GF-600,
GF-8000: Approx. 1 second (typical in fast mode)
GF-800, GF-1000, GF-4000,
GF-6100: Approx. 1.5 seconds
counting function, percentage function,
199.33463 x 0.001
109.34928 x 0.0005
99.66731 x 0.0005
813..25 x 0.005
778.04807 x 0.01
18673.15 x 0.2
GF Series
97707..........GF-200...................................210 g x 0.001 g with standard breeze break............................ 10.2 lb/4.6 kg.................... $1,149.00
97708..........GF-200N.................................210 g x 0.001 g with standard breeze break (NTEP Class II).... 10.2 lb/4.6 kg...................... 1,195.00
97709..........GF-300...................................310 g x 0.001 g with standard breeze break............................ 10.2 lb/4.6 kg...................... 1,285.00
97714..........GF-1000.................................1,100 g x 0.001 g with standard breeze break......................... 10.2 lb/4.6 kg...................... 2,275.00
97715..........GF-1200.................................1,210 g x 0.01 g...................................................................... 11.2 lb/5.1 kg...................... 1,099.00
97716..........GF-1200N...............................1,210 g x 0.01 g (NTEP Class II - e = 0.1 g)............................. 11.2 lb/5.1 kg...................... 1,235.00
97723..........GF-6000.................................6,100 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 11.2 lb/5.1 kg...................... 1,515.00
97724..........GF-6000N...............................6,100 g x 0.1 g (NTEP Class II - e = 1 g).................................. 11.2 lb/5.1 kg...................... 1,595.00
97695..........GX-04.....................................Comparator output.............................................................................................................. 170.00
97697..........GX-10.....................................Glass breeze break for GF-200/300/400/600....................................................................... 254.00
97698..........GX-11.....................................Glass breeze break for GF-1200/2000/3000/6000............................................................... 254.00
97699..........GX-12.....................................Animal weighing pan for GF-1200/2000/3000/6000............................................................. 156.00
97700..........GX-13.....................................Density determination kit for GF-200/300............................................................................. 450.00
97701..........GX-29.....................................Bluetooth®, factory installed, 30 ft maximum......................................................................... 349.00
97703..........AX:073003691-S....................Protective in-use cover for GF-200/300/400/600................................................................... 17.00
97704..........AX:073003692-S....................Protective in-use cover for GF-1200/2000/3000/4000/6100/6000/8000................................ 17.00
GF-G Series Toploader Balances
• One second response time
• Vacum florescent display (VFD)
• GLP/LIMS/ISO compliance
• Underhook
• External calibration only (Canadian approval number AM-5587)
Grams only (no multiple units of measure)
GF-200G, GF-300G: +/-0.002 g
GF-1200G, GF-2000G, GF-3000G: +/-0.02 g
GF-6000G: +/-0.1 g
GF-200G, GF-300G, GF-1200G: +/- 0.001 g
GF-2000G, GF-3000G: +/-0.01 g
GF-200G, GF-300G, GF-1200G, GF-2000G,
GF-3000G, GF-6000G: Approx. 1 second
GF-200G, GF-300G: 10.12 lb (4.6 kg)
GF-1200G, GF-2000G, GF-3000G,
GF-6000G: 11.2 lb (5.1 kg)
GF-200G
GF-1200G
GF-G Series
102892........GF-200G.................................210 g x 0.001 g with breeze break (3.6 in high)....................... 11.2 lb/5.1 kg.................... $1,149.00
102893........GF-300G.................................310 g x 0.001 g with breeze break (3.6 in high)....................... 11.2 lb/5.1 kg...................... 1,285.00
102894........GF-1200G...............................1210 g x 0.01 g....................................................................... 11.2 lb/5.1 kg...................... 1,235.00
102897........GF-6000G...............................6100 g x 0.1 g......................................................................... 11.2 lb/5.1 kg...................... 1,595.00
97697..........GX-10.....................................Glass breeze break for GF-200G/300G................................................................................ 254.00
97698..........GX-11.....................................Glass breeze break for GF-1200G/2000G/3000G/600G...................................................... 254.00
97699..........GX-12.....................................Animal weighing pan for GF-1200G/2000G/3000G/6000G.................................................. 156.00
97700..........GX-13.....................................Density determination kit for GF-200G/300G........................................................................ 450.00
97703..........AX:073003691-S....................Protective in-use cover for GF-200G/300G............................................................................ 17.00
97704..........AX:073003692-S....................Protective in-use cover for GF-1200G/2000G/3000G/6000G................................................. 17.00
GF-P Series Toploader Balances
• Pill counting feature also complies with Handbook 44 requirements
• Fast, Super Hybrid Sensor (SHS) gives you the ultimate
in response speed-just one second
• Nine weighing modes
• GLP/GMP/ISO compliance
• WinCT® communication tools software included free
• Tough die-cast aluminum housing
• Removable stainless steel pan 5 in x 5 in (127 mm x 127 mm)
• NTEP & Pharmacopia approved
• IP-54 splash proof operator keyboard protects against dust
and spills, stainless steel weigh pan
• Vacuum fluorescent display (VFD)
Capacity (g):
GF-200P: 210 g x 0.001 g
GF-200P, GF-300P: Approx. 1 second
GF-200P, GF-300P: 0.001 g
GF-200P, GF-300P: ±0.002 g
GF-200P, GF-300P: 10.12 lb (4.6 kg)
5 in x 5 in (127 mm x 127 mm)
NTEP CofC # 04-077P
GF-P Series
97799..........GF-200P.................................210 g x 0.001 g with standard breeze break............................ 11 lb/5.2 kg....................... $1,195.00
97800..........GF-300P.................................310 g x 0.001 g with standard breeze break............................ 11 lb/ 5.2 kg........................ 1,395.00
97697..........GX-10.....................................Glass breeze break for GF-200 & 300.................................................................................. 254.00
97703..........AX:073003691-S....................Protective in-use cover for GF-200/300 (each)....................................................................... 17.00
97649..........TB:110C.................................AC adapter (120V)-standard with unit..................................................................................... 39.00
97801..........TB:110CL...............................90º angle AC adapter (120V).................................................................................................. 39.00
FXi & FXi-WP Series Toploader Balances
• Compact Super Hybrid Sensor Technology (SHS)
• Statistical calculation function
• Quick USB interface (FXi-02) Option
• Comparator function
• Buzzer function
• Digital calibration function
• Optional built-in rechargeable battery
• Multiple weighing units of measurement
• Response indicator function
• LAN-Ethernet interface
• WP models are IP-65
Sensitivity Drift (10°C to 30°C):
Standard Serial Interface:
External Calibration Mass:
FX/FX-WP-120i, FX/FX-WP-200i,
FX/FX-WP-300i: ±0.002 g
FX/FX-WP-1200i, FX/FX-WP-2000i,
FX/FX-WP-3000i: ±0.02 g
RS-232C interface
5 times second/10 times second/or 20 times second
Counting Mode:
Minimum unit mass:
FX/FX-WP-300i: 0.001 g
FX/FX-WP-3000i: 0.01 g
Number of samples: 5, 10, 25, 50 or 100 pieces
Approx. 1 second
External Dimensions (WxDxH):
±2ppm/ºC
FX/FX-WP-120i: 100 g, 50 g
FX/FX-WP-200i: 200 g, 100 g
FX/FX-WP-300i: 300 g, 200 g, 100 g
FX/WP-1200i: 1,000 g, 500 g
FX/WP-2000i: 2,000 g, 1,000 g
FX/WP-3000i: 3,000 g, 2,000 g, 1,000 g
7.6 in x 10.3 in x 3.3 in
(193 mm x 262.5 mm x 84.5 mm)
Approx. 5.5 lb (2.5 kg)
Percent Mode:
Minimum 100% reference mass:
FX/FX-WP-300i:0.100 g
Minimum 100% display: 0.01%, 0.1%, 1%
(depends on the reference mass stored)
FX/FX-WP-300i: 130 mm
FX/FX-WP-3000i: 150 mm
FX/FX-WP-120i
0.268 x 0.000005
3.22 x 0.0005
FX/FX-WP-1200i
786.21 x 0.01
3225.35 x 0.005
FXi & FXi-WP Series
FXi
98021..........FX-120i...................................122 g x 0.001 g....................................................................... 8 lb/3.5 kg............................ $925.00
98022..........FX-200i...................................220 g x 0.001 g....................................................................... 8 lb/3.5 kg.............................. 965.00
98024..........FX-1200i.................................1220 g x 0.01 g....................................................................... 8 lb/3.5 kg.............................. 925.00
FXi-WP
102905........FX-120iWP..............................122 g x 0.001 g waterproof..................................................... 8 lb/3.5 kg........................... 1,245.00
102908........FX-1200iWP............................1220 g x 0.01 g waterproof..................................................... 8 lb/3.5 kg........................... 1,245.00
98027..........FXi-02.....................................Quick USB interface............................................................................................................... 79.00
98028..........FXi-08.....................................Ethernet interface with WinCT® Plus software...................................................................... 449.00
98029..........FXi-09.....................................Built-in rechargeable battery................................................................................................. 299.00
98030..........FXi-10.....................................Small breeze break................................................................................................................. 69.00
98031..........FXi-11.....................................Large breeze break.............................................................................................................. 119.00
97608..........AD-8920.................................Remote display.................................................................................................................... 250.00
98032..........AD-8526.................................RS/Ethernet convertor.......................................................................................................... 525.00
Options FXi-02/FXi-08 and FXi-09 can not be combined and are factory installed only.
AD-1683 Static Eliminator
(Below) Example of
AD-1683 installation showing
static elimination area and an
example of ion generation
• Can be easily and safely installed because they require
no high-voltage wiring
• Being of a DC type, this static eliminator has a remarkable ability
for generating ions and can be used for elimination of static
charges from quickly running or highly electrified workpieces
• Little or no reverse charge is induced by irradiated ions because
of its excellent ion polarity or the potential of the charged object
• Achieves static elimination with a huge degree or efficiency
regardless of the polarity or the potential of the charged object
• Suited for static elimination in narrow and remote places because
of its lengthy ion irradiation distance
• Produces only a little amount of ozone thanks to its high ion
generation efficiency
• A current limiting circuit is incorporated in the ion generating
electrode to reduce the possibility of electric shock
• Being of a DC type, this static eliminator, unlike PULSE-DC,
involves no swing in surface potential of the charged object
Elimination Range:
Distance: Approx. 3.9 in to 11.8 in (10 cm to 30 cm)
from the electrode.
Area: 11.8 in x 11.8 in (30 cm x 30 cm)
Elimination Performance:
When charged 5kV:
Distance: 10 cm, 20 cm, 30 cm, 50 cm
Elimination Time: 1 sec, 4 sec, 15 sec, 70 sec
and Humidity D Ozone Concentration:
0˚C to 40˚C, 80% RH or less
Positive discharge pin: 0.07PPM
Negative discharge pin: 0.25PPM
(Measured at a distance of 1 cm from each
discharge pin.)
Discharge Electrode Pin:
Tungsten (0.9 mm x 17 mm), life approx.
Approx. 300 g (including the stand)
AC adaptor. Please confirm that the AC adaptor
type is correct for your local voltage and
receptacle type.
Approx. 1.5 VA
97610..........AD-1683.................................Static Eliminator.............................................................................................................. $1,095.00
EK-i Series Compact Balances
• Backlit weight display
• Remote zeroing
• Easy to install NiCd battery option
• Counting/Percentage/Comparator Modes
PCS - Max Count/Min Unit Weight:
EK-120i: 12,000, 0.01 g
EK-600i: 6,000, 0.1 g
EK-1200i: 12,000, 0.1 g
EK-6000i: 6,000, 0.1 g
EK-12ki: 12,000, 0.1 g
Repeat./Std.Div.:
Sensitivity Drift:
EK-120i, EK-200i: ±0.01 g
EK-300i, EK-410i, EK-610i: ±0.02 g
EK-600i, EK-1200i, EK-2000i: ±0.1 g
EK-3000i, EK-4100i, EK-6100i: ±0.2 g
EK-6000i, EK-12Ki: ±1 g
EK-120i, EK-200i, EK-300i,
EK-410i, EK-610i: 2.4 lb (1.1 kg)
EK-600i: 3 lb (1.3 kg)
EK-1200i, EK-2000i, EK-3000i, EK-4100i,
EK-6100i, EK-6000i, EK-12Ki: 3.5 lb (1.5 kg)
EK-120i, EK-200i, EK-300i, EK-410i, EK-610i: 0.01 g
EK-600i, EK-1200i, EK-2000i, EK-3000i,
EK-4100i, EK-6100i: 0.1 g
EK-6000i, EK-12Ki: 1 g
% - Min. Div:
EK-120i, EK-200i, EK-300i, EK-410i, EK-610i: 0.1%
EK-600i, EK-1200i, EK-2000i, EK-3000i, EK-4100i,
EK-6100i, EK-6000i, EK-12ki: 0.1%
EK-120i, EK-200i, EK-300i, EK-410i,
EK-610i: 4.3 in (110mm) dia
EK-4100i, EK-6100 EK-6000i,
EK-12Ki: 5.2 in x 6.7 in (133 x 170mm)
Dimensions (WxDxH):
±20ppm/ºC (10ºC-30ºC/50ºF-86ºF)
14ºF-104ºF/-10ºC-40ºC
Seven segment LCD back lit
10 times per second
AC adapter, or Ni-MH battery pack (option)
7.5 in x 8.6 in x 2.2 in (190 mm x 218 mm x 53 mm)
Selected NTEP Models. CC #04-019 Class III
dec. oz
dec. lb
EK-120i
4.2330 x 0.0005
14.11 x 0.001
21.164 x 0.001
600 x 0.1
EK-2000i
4.4090 x 0.005
105.82 x 0.005
EK-12Ki
423.3 x 0.05
EK-i Series
97747..........EK-120i....................... 120 g x 0.01 g.............................................120 g....................................2.4 lb/1.1 kg......................$485.00
97748..........EK-200i....................... 200 g x 0.01 g.............................................200 g....................................2.4 lb/1.1 kg........................499.00
97752..........EK-600i....................... 600 g x 0.1 g NTEP Class III D=0.1 g...........600 g....................................3.5 lb/1.5 kg........................480.00
97753..........EK-1200i..................... 1,200 g x 0.1 g NTEP Class II D=0.1 g.........1200 g..................................3.5 lb/1.5 kg........................490.00
97754..........EK-2000i..................... 2,000 g x 0.1 g............................................2 kg......................................3.5 lb/1.5 kg........................525.00
97758..........EK-6000i..................... 6,000 g x 1 g NTEP Class III D=1 g..............6 kg......................................3.5 lb/1.5 kg........................525.00
97759..........EK-12Ki....................... 12,000 g x 1 g NTEP Class II D=1 g.............12 kg....................................3.5 lb/1.5 kg........................670.00
97760..........EKW-041.................... Comparator/relay outputs/buzzer.................................................................................................... 129.00
97761..........EKW-07i...................... Underhook for EK-4100i/6100i/6000i/12Ki/EW-12Ki......................................................................... 39.00
97762..........EKW-09i...................... NiCd battery pack........................................................................................................................... 140.00
97763..........EKW-29...................... Bluetooth®, factory installed, 30 ft maximum.................................................................................... 299.00
97764..........AX:3005824-5S.......... Protective in-use cover...................................................................................................................... 11.00
97765..........CC:106....................... Carrying case.................................................................................................................................... 59.00
97605..........AD-100-2.................... Anti-theft device................................................................................................................................ 49.00
97766..........TB:163........................ AC adapter (120V)............................................................................................................................. 39.00
est. ship
A&D MODEL #capacity/descriptionmassweight
EW-i Series Compact Balances
• Triple Range
PCS - Max Count:
EW-150i, EW-1500i: 15,000
EW-12Ki: 12,000
PCS - Min Unit Weight:
EW-150i: 0.01 g
EW-1500i: 0.1 g
EW-12Ki: 1 g
EW-150i: 0.01 g, 0.02 g, 0.05 g
EW-1500i: 0.1 g, 0.2 g, 0.5 g
EW-12Ki: 1 g, 2 g, 5 g
7 segment LCD back lit
EW-150i: 4.3 in (110mm) dia
EW-1500i, EW-12Ki: 5.2 in x 6.7 in
(133 mm x 170mm)
% - Min. Div.:
Dimensions (W x D x H):
EW-150i: 7.5 in x 8.6 in x 2.2 in
(190 mm x 218 mm x 55 mm)
EW-1500i, EW-12Ki: 7.5 in x 8.6 in x 2.1 in
EW-150i: ±0.01 g, ±0.02 g, ±0.05 g
EW-1500i: ±0.1 g, ±0.2 g, ±0.5 g
EW-12Ki: ±1 g, ±2 g, ±5 g
AC adapter, or Ni-MH battery pack (optional)
EW-150i: 2.4 lb (1.1 kg)
EW-1500i, EW-12Ki: 3.5 lb (1.5 kg)
dec.oz
dec.lb
EW-150i
1.058 x 0.0005
EW-1500i
EW-12Ki
211.6 x 0.1
26.456 x 0.02
EW-i Series
97768........... EW-150i.......................30/60/150 g x 0.01/0.02/0.05 g.......................... 150 g............................... 2.4 lb/1.1 kg...............$395.00
97769........... EW-1500i.....................300/600/1500 g x 0.1/0.2/0.5 g)......................... 1500 g............................. 3.5 lb/1.5 kg.................395.00
(NTEP Class III, D=0.1,0.2, 0.5 g
97771........... EW-12Ki.......................3000/6000/12,000 g x 1/2/5 g............................ 12 kg............................... 3.5 lb/1.5 kg.................395.00
(NTEP Class III, 50 g D=1,2,5 g)
97760........... EKW-04i....................... Comparator/relay outputs/buzzer.................................................................................................. 129.00
97761........... EKW-07i....................... Underhook for EK-4100i/6100i/6000i/12Ki/EW-12Ki...................................................................... 39.00
97762........... EKW-09i....................... NiCd battery pack......................................................................................................................... 140.00
97763........... EKW-29........................ Bluetooth®, factory installed, 30 ft maximum.................................................................................. 299.00
97764........... AX:3005824-5S............ Protective in-use cover.................................................................................................................... 11.00
97765........... CC:106......................... Carrying case.................................................................................................................................. 59.00
97605........... AD-100-2..................... Anti-theft device.............................................................................................................................. 49.00
97766........... TB:163......................... AC adapter (120V).......................................................................................................................... 39.00
GX-K Series Precision Balances
• Internal calibration
• IP-65/NEMA4
• Multiple weighing modes
• Quick reference operation card
• Time and date
GX-8K: 8.1 kg x 0.01 g
GX-8K2: 8.1 kg/2.1 kg x 0.1 g/0.01 g
GX-10K: 10.1 kg x 0.01 g
GX-12K: 12 kg x 0.1 g
GX-32K: 31 kg/6.1 kg x 1 g/0.1 g
oz, lb, lb-oz, ozt, dwt, ct, mm GN, pcs, %, custom
GX-8K: ±0.02 g
GX-8K2: ±0.1 g, ±0.02 g
GX-10K: ±0.03 g
GX-12K, GX-20K, GX-30K: ±0.2 g
GX-32K: ±1 g/±0.2 g
GX-8K: 0.01 g
GX-8K2: 0.05 g/0.01 g
GX-10K: 0.01 g
GX-12K, GX-20K, GX-30K: 0.1 g
GX-32K: 0.5 g/0.1 g
Pan Size (W x D):
10.62 in x 8.26 in (270 mm x 210 mm)
41ºF-104ºF/-5ºC-40ºC
Five times per second (stable)/10 times
per second
Approx. 1.5 seconds (typical in fast mode)
11.81 in x 13.98 in x 4.37 in
Sensitivity Drift (-10 to +30°C):
GX-8K, GX-10K:±2ppm/ºC
GX-8K2, GX-12K, GX-20K, GX-30K:±3ppm/ºC
GX-32K:±5ppm/ºC
GX-K Series
A&D MODEL #capacitymassweight
97775........... GX-8K2........................2/8 kg x 0.01/0.1 g.................................2-8 kg..................................... 18.3 lb/8.3 kg.................$2,595.00
97776........... GX-8K..........................8 kg x 0.01 g..........................................8 kg........................................ 18.3 lb/8.3 kg...................2,995.00
97777........... GX-10K........................10.1 kg x 0.01 g.....................................10 kg...................................... 18.3 lb/8.3 kg...................3,195.00
97778........... GX-12K........................12 kg x 0.1 g..........................................10 kg...................................... 18.3 lb/8.3 kg...................2,695.00
97781........... GX-32K........................6/30 kg x 0.1/1 g....................................30 kg...................................... 18.3 lb/8.3 kg...................2,595.00
97782........... GX-04K*.......................Comparator/output & RS-232C/20mA interface............................................................................ 299.00
97783........... GX-06K*.......................Analog output/20mA interface....................................................................................................... 695.00
97784........... GX-07K**......................Waterproof cable for standard RS-232C........................................................................................ 275.00
97701........... GX-29...........................Bluetooth®, factory installed, 30 ft maximum.................................................................................. 349.00
97605........... AD-100-2.....................Anti-theft device.............................................................................................................................. 49.00
97785........... AX-073007197A...........Protective in-use cover.................................................................................................................... 17.00
97649........... TB:110C.......................AC adapter (120V)........................................................................................................................... 39.00
97631........... TB:123.........................AC adapter (240V)........................................................................................................................... 49.00
102898......... GXK-31........................Draft shield...................................................................................................................................... 99.00
102899......... GXK-12........................Annual weighing pan..................................................................................................................... 595.00
*GX-04K, GX-06K, replace standard RS-232C and cannot be used at the same time. IP-65 rating does not apply when the GX-04K or the GX-06K is installed.
**Use the GX-07K optional waterproof RS-232C cable, in order to use the standard RS-232 interface for water and dust proof (IP65)
GF-K Series Precision Balances
GF-8K: 8.1k g x 0.01 g
GF-8K2: 2.1/8.1 kg x 0.1/0.01 g
GF-10K: 10.1 kg x 0.01 g
GF-12K: 12 kg x 0.1 g
GF-32K: 6.1/31 kg x 0.1/1 g
GF-8K: ±0.02 g
GF-8K2: ±0.1 g, ±0.02 g
GF-10K: ±0.03 g
GF-12K, GF-20K, GF-30K: ±0.2 g
GF-32K: ±1 g/±0.2 g
GF-8K: 0.01 g
GF-8K2: 0.05 g/0.01 g
GF-10K: 0.01 g
GF-12K, GF-20K, GF-30K: 0.1 g
GF-32K: 0.5 g/0.1 g
10.62 in x 8.26 in (270 mm x 210 mm)
Sensitivity Drift (10°-30°C):
GF-8K, GF-10K:±2ppm/ºC
GF-8K2, GF-12K, GF-20K, GF-30K:±3ppm/ºC
GF-32K:±5ppm/ºC
41ºF-104ºF/-5ºC-40ºC RH<85%
GF-8K, GF-8K2: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 kg
GF-12K: 5,10 kg
GF-20K: 10, 20 kg
GF-30K, GX-32K: 20, 30 kg
GF-K Series
A&D MODEL #capacity
97792..........GF-8K2...................................2/8 kg x 0.01/0.1 g................................................................. 18.3 lb/8.3 kg.................... $2,395.00
97793..........GF-8K.....................................8 kg x 0.01 g........................................................................... 18.3 lb/8.3 kg...................... 2,795.00
97794..........GF-10K...................................10.1 kg x 0.01 g...................................................................... 18.3 lb/8.3 kg...................... 2,995.00
97795..........GF-12K...................................12 kg x 0.1 g........................................................................... 18.3 lb/8.3 kg...................... 2,495.00
97798..........GF-32K...................................6/30 kg x 0.1/1 g.................................................................... 18.3 lb/8.3 kg...................... 2,395.00
97782..........GX-04K*..................................Comparator/output & RS-232C/20mA interface................................................................... 299.00
97783..........GX-06K*..................................Analog output/20mA interface.............................................................................................. 695.00
97784..........GX-07K**................................Waterproof cable for standard RS-232C.............................................................................. 275.00
97785..........AX:073007197A......................Protective in-use cover........................................................................................................... 17.00
102898........GXK-31...................................Draft shield............................................................................................................................. 99.00
102899........GXK-12...................................Annual weighing pan............................................................................................................ 595.00
GP Series Industrial Balances
• Internal calibration weight with manual, interval
or auto-environmental compensation
• RS-232C bidirectional interface
• Data collection software
• Percentage, Counting and Comparator Modes
• Bright blue fluorescent display
• Adjustable swing arm display
• Die cast aluminum body with stainless weighing pan
• Detached digital weight indicator (KS models only)
GP-12K: 12k g x 0.1 g
GP-20K: 21 kg x 0.1 g
GP-32K/32KS: 6/31 kg x 21 g/1 g
GP30K, GP-30KS: 31 kg x 0.1 g
GP-60K/60KS, GP-61K/61KS: 61 kg x 1 g
GP-100K, GP-100KS: 101 kg x 1 g
GP-102K: 101 kg x 10/5 g
oz, lb, lb-oz, ozt, dwt, ct, mm, GN, pcs, %
GP-12K, GP-20K, GP-100K, GP-100KS: ±0.2 g
GP-32K/32KS: ±0.5 g, ±0.1 g
GP-30K,GP-30KS: ±0.1 g
GP-40K, GP-60K: ±0.1 g
GP-102K: ±10 g/±2 g
GP-12K, GP-20K, GP-32K/32KS: 0.5 g/0.1 g
GP-30K, GP-30KS, GP-40K: 0.5 g
GP-60K/60KS: 0.7 g
GP-61K/KS: 0.2 g
GP-100K, GP-100KS: 1 g
GP-102K: 5 g/1 g
15.1 in x 13.5 in (384 mm x 344 mm)
14.6 in x 24.2 in x 5.1 in
37.4 lb (17 kg)
Sensitivity Drift (-10 to 30ºC):
GP-12K, GP-20K, GP-30K, GP-30KS:±3ppm/ºC
GP-32K, GP-40K:±5ppm/ºC
GP-60KS, GP61K/KS, GP-100K,
GP-100KS :±6ppm/ºC
GP-102K:±10ppm/ºC
GP-12K: 5 kg/10 kg
GP-20K, GP-32K:20 kg/30 kg
GP-30K, GP-30KS: 20 kg/30 kg
GP-40K: 20 kg/30 kg/40 kg
GP-60K/KS: 30 kg/40 kg/60 kg
GP-61K/61KS: 30 kg/40 kg/60 kg
GP-100K, GP-100KS: 60 kg/80 kg/100 kg
GP-102K: 60 kg/80 kg/100 kg
97802..........GP-12K...................................12 kg x 0.1 g........................................................................... 37.4 lb/17 kg..................... $2,925.00
97803..........GP-20K...................................21 kg x 0.1 g........................................................................... 37.4 lb/17 kg....................... 3,125.00
97804..........GP-32K...................................6 kg/31 kg x 0.1 g/1 g (smart range)........................................ 37.4 lb/17 kg....................... 2,545.00
97807..........GP-60K...................................61 kg x 1 g.............................................................................. 37.4 lb/17 kg....................... 4,195.00
97808..........GP-100K.................................100 kg x 1 g............................................................................ 39.6 lb/18 kg....................... 4,545.00
97809..........GP-102K.................................61 kg/101 kg x 1 g/10 g (smart range)..................................... 37.4 lb/17 kg....................... 4,045.00
97810..........GP-30KS................................31 kg x 0.1 g (remote indicator)............................................... 37.4 lb/17 kg....................... 3,945.00
97811..........GP-100KS..............................101 kg x 1 g (remote indicator)................................................ 39.6 lb/18 kg....................... 4,795.00
102900........GP-61K...................................61 kg x 0.1 g........................................................................... 37.4 lb/17 kg....................... 4,545.00
102901........GP-32KS................................6/31 kg x 0.1/1 g (smart range, remote indicator).................... 37.4 lb/17 kg....................... 2,795.00
102902........GP-60KS................................61 kg x 1 g (remote indicator).................................................. 37.4 lb/17 kg....................... 4,395.00
102903........GP-61KS................................61 kg x 0.1 g (remote indicator)............................................... 37.4 lb/18 kg....................... 4,695.00
97813..........GP-04.....................................Comparator output with buzzer............................................................................................ 219.00
97814..........GP-06.....................................Analog output (replaces standard RS-232C)........................................................................ 695.00
97815..........GP-07.....................................GP extension cable (factory installed 120 day lead time)....................................................... 275.00
97816..........GP-20.....................................Underhook GP-12 kg thru 40 kg........................................................................................... 149.00
97817..........GP-21.....................................Underhook GP-60 kg thru 102 kg......................................................................................... 149.00
97818..........GP-22.....................................AD-8121A printer support.................................................................................................... 149.00
97820..........07:3004753............................Protective in-use cover........................................................................................................... 17.00
97613..........TB:136....................................AC adapter (120V) standard with unit..................................................................................... 39.00
102904........GP-12.....................................Animal weighing pan......................................................................................................... 1,295.00
MS-70/MX-50/MF-50 Series
• Fast and uniform heating with halogen lamp and uniquely designed
(secondary radiation assist) SRA filter
• WinCT®communicationtools software
• Sodium tartrate dehydrate is provided as a stable moisture content
for accuracy checks of the analyzer
• Five measurement programs: standard, automatic, timer, manual, quick
• Glass window for heating check and easy cleaning
• Self-check function
• Quick reference card
• Standard bi-directional RS-232C
• GLP/ GMP/GCP/ISO compliant with time/date, ID,
calibration data and check record outputs
Measurement Method:
400 watt straight halogen lamp heating system
with SRA filter and SHS weighing technology
MS-70: 71 g
MX-50, MF-50: 51 g
Weight Resolution:
MS-70: 0.0001 g
MX-50: 0.001 g
MF-50: 0.002 g
Moisture Content Display:
MS-70: 0.001%/0.01%/0.1%
MX-50: 0.01%/0.1%
MF-50:0.05%/0.1%/1%
Heating Technology:
Halogen lamp (straight type, 400 watt max,
5,000 hours
Drying Temperature:
Measurement Program Memories:
MS-70, MX-50: 20 sets
MF-50: 10 sets
Data Memory:
MS-70, MX-50: 100
MF-50: 50
Measurement Programs:
Standard/automatic/timer/manual
Measurement Modes:
Wet base/dry base/solid content/ratio
Bidirectional RS-232C
Communication Software:
MS-70, MX-50: WinCT-Moisture standard
MF-50: WinCT standard
40-104ºF/5-40ºC
2.16 in (85 mm) dia
8.46 in x 12.6 in x 6.8 in
20 sample pans, 2 pan handles, tweezers,
spoon, test sample (30g of sodium tartrate
dehydrate), display cover, dust cover, Instruction
manual, quick reference card, power cable,
2 fuses, CD-ROM (WinCT-Moisture for MS-70
and MX-50, WinCT for MF-50), RS-232C cable
for MS-70 & MX-50
13 lb (5.9 kg)
50-200ºC (1º increment)
Moisture est. ship
A&D MODEL #capacitycontentweight
97821.......... MS-70..............................71 g x 0.0001 g......................0.001%/0.01%/0.1%.................... 13 lb/5.9 kg......................... $4,995.00
97822.......... MX-50..............................51 g x 0.001 g........................0.01%........................................... 13 lb/5.9 kg........................... 2,995.00
97823.......... MF-50...............................51 g x 0.002 g........................0.05%........................................... 13 lb/5.9 kg........................... 2,395.00
97824..........AX-31................................Sample pans (washable, 100 each).............................................................................................. 79.00
97825..........AX-32-2............................Glass fiber sheets (100 each)........................................................................................................ 49.00
97826..........AX-33................................Sodium tartrate dehydrate test samples (30 g x 12)...................................................................... 68.00
97827..........AX-34................................Halogen lamp (replacement)......................................................................................................... 49.00
97828..........AX-35................................Pan handles (2 each).................................................................................................................... 19.00
97829..........AX-36................................Tweezers (2 each)......................................................................................................................... 12.00
97830..........AX-37................................Spoons (2 each)........................................................................................................................... 15.00
97831..........AX-38................................Protective in-use covers (5 each).................................................................................................. 34.00
97832..........AX-39................................Dust cover.................................................................................................................................... 12.00
97833..........AX-42................................WinCT® Moisture (standard for MS-70 & MX-50, option for MF-50)............................................. 195.00
97834..........AD-1700-20G...................Calibration mass (20 g).................................................................................................................. 48.00
97837..........AX-43................................Temperature calibrator (MS-70 & MX-50 only)............................................................................. 375.00
• High measurement accuracy
• Wide measurement range
• Non-newtonian sample viscosity measurement
• Foam sample measurement
• Flowing sample measurement
• Viscosity calibration
• Temperature measurement
• Sol and gel measurement
• Small sample size
• Data collection and graphic software
Vibration Frequency:
Viscosity Measurement Range:
Viscosity Measurement Unit:
Accuracy (Repeatability)
Tuning fork vib
mPa-s, cP, P
1% of reading (full range) (S.D., 20-30˚ C,
no-condensation)
10-40˚ C (50-104˚ F)
Minimum Sample Amount:
35 ml
Temperature Measurement:
0-100˚C/0.1˚ C (32-212˚ F/0.1˚ F)
0.3-10,000Pa-s (cP)
Vacuum Fluorescent Display (VFD)
Main Unit: Approx. 11.0 lb (5.0 kg)
Display Unit: Approx. 2.8 lb (1.3 kg)
Connection Cable Length:
4.9 ft (1.5m) between the main unit and the
Approx 14VA
Manual, AC adaptor, CD-ROM (WinCT-Viscosity),
Sample cups, RS-232C Cable (25 pin-9pin)
Two-year limited warranty
Main unit: 13.0 in x 12.3 in x 21.1 in
104902........SV-1A.......................................8 cP - 1000 cP...................................................................... 6.3 kg/13 lb....................... $6,450.00
104903........SV-10A.....................................3 cP - 10.000 cP................................................................... 6.3 kg/13 lb......................... 5,350.00
104904........SV-100A..................................10 P - 1,000 P (1,000 cP - 100,000 cP)................................. 6.3 kg/13 lb......................... 5,350.00
A&D MODEL #
102914........SV-33......................................35 mL sample cup (10 pcs/set)............................................................................................ 100.00
102916........SV-34......................................10 mL sample cup (10 pcs/set).............................................................................................. 75.00
102917........SW-35....................................Glass sample cup (1 pcs/approx. 13 mL).............................................................................. 225.00
102919........SW-36....................................Position fixer for sensor unit................................................................................................. 165.00
102920........SV-37......................................Water bath container (with 10 mL cups)................................................................................ 155.00
102922........SW-42....................................Analog voltage output 0-1 volt.............................................................................................. 595.00
102923........SW-43....................................Extension cable (sensor - display) 5 m.................................................................................. 255.00
102924........CC:SV.....................................Viscometer carrying case..................................................................................................... 550.00
Atilon Analytical Balances
• Advanced microprocessor for reliable weighing results
• Digital filtering and fast stabilization
• Stainless steel weighing platform
• Variety of weighing applications
• Percent weighing for solids, moisture loss, formulation, quality control
• Filtering for unstable ambient conditions
• Net totaling for formulation
• Full range subtractive tare
• Keypad confirmation audio tone
• Multiple units of measure
• Backlit amber Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
• AC operation (AC adapter included)
• Applications programs for weighing unit toggle, counting, percent
weighing, net-total, totalizing, animal weighing, calculation,
Milligram Balance
Corner Load:
Sensitivity Drift (within 10˚ to 30˚C):
External Calibration Weight:
Stabilization Time (Typical):
ATL-224-I: 200 g (E2)
User defined, gram, kilogram, carat, pound, ounce,
troy ounce, Hong Kong tael, Singapore tael,
momme, Austrian carat, tola, baht, mesghal, ton, lb/
oz, newton
Audio tone: yes (keypad confirmation)
Operating Humidity:
Less thank 95% RH
10°- 30° C (273-303 K, 50°- 86° F)
Allowable Ambient
Analytical, ATL-423-I: ≤ ± 2 x 10-6 1/K
ATL-153-I: ≤ ± 5 x 10-6 1/K
ATL-423-I: 1 second
ATL-153-I: 1.3 second
Analytical: 2.5 second
Adaptation to Ambient Conditions:
By selection of 1 of 4 optimized filter levels
Display Update:
0.1-0.4 (depends on filter level selected)
Weighing Pan Size:
Analytical 3.5 in (90 mm)
9.05 in x 12.99 in x 12.99 in
Analytical, ATL-423-I: 12 lb
ATL-153-I: 11 lb
ATL-423-I: ≤ ± 0.003 g
AC Power Requirements:
AC adaptor, 115V or 230V, +15% -20%
50-60 Hz
Power Consumption (avg.):
Maximum 16VA; typical 8 (STNG6)
Weighing Chamber (Dia x H):
6.5 in x 2.42 in (165 mm x 61.5 mm)
Analytical 9.0 in (230 mm)
41° F to 104° F (5°C to 40° C)
acculab calibration est. ship
MODEL #capacityweightweight
103035........ ATL-84-I............................... 80 g x 0.0001 g.....................50 g (E2)...................................... 12 lbs................................ $1,795.00
103034........ ATL-124-I............................. 120 g x 0.0001 g...................100 g (E2).................................... 12 lbs.................................. 1,895.00
103036........ ATL-423-I............................. 420 g x 0.001 g.....................200 g (E2).................................... 12 lbs.................................. 1,495.00
Atilon Precision Industrial Balances
• Percent weighing for solids, moisture loss, formulation,
• Application programs for weighing unit toggle, counting,
percent weighing, net-total, totalizing, animal weighing,
calculation, density determination
Repeatability (Std. Deviation):
≤ 0.01 g
ATL-8201-1: ≤ 0. 1 g
ATL-4202-I: 0.02 g
ATL-822-I: 0.03 g
ATL-8201-1: ≤ 0.3 g
User defined, kilogram, carat, pound, ounce,
troy ounce, Hong Kong tael, Singapore tael, grain,
pennyweight, milligram, parts per pound,
chinese tael, momme, Austrian carat, tola, baht,
mesghal, ton, lb/oz, newton
Less than 95% RH
ATL-4202-I: ≤ ± 2 x 10-6 1/K
ATL-8201-I: ≤ ± 10 x 10-6 1/K
ATL-4202-I: 1.1 second
ATL-822-I, ATL-8201-1: 1.0 second
ATL-4202-I: 9.06 in x 11.93 in x 3.58 in
ATL-822-I: 9.06 in x 11.93 in x 3.43 in
ATL-4202-I: 12 lb (5.4 kg)
ATL-822-I: 9 lb (4.0 kg)
ATL-8201-1: 11 lb (5.0 kg)
ATL-4202-I: 7.0 in x 7.0 in
(180 mm x 180 mm)
ATL-8201-1, ATL-2202-I: 7.0 in x 7.0 in
ATL-822-I: 4.53 in (115 mm)
AC adaptor, 115V or 230V, +15% - 20%
10°- 30°C (273-303 K, 50°- 86° F)
Precision Industrial Balances
acculab calibration
103038........ ATL-4202-I........................... 4200 g x 0.01 g.....................2000 g (E2).................................. 9 lb/4.0 kg......................... $1,495.00
103039........ ATL-2202-I........................... 2200 g x 0.01 g.....................2000 g (F1).................................. 9 lb/4.0 kg........................... 1,295.00
103040........ ATL-822-I............................. 820 g x 0.01 g......................500 g (F2).................................... 9 lb/4.0 kg........................... 1,195.00
Precision Industrial
103041........ ATL-8201-I........................... 8200 g x 0.1 g.......................5000 g (F2).................................. 11 lb/5.0 kg......................... 1,195.00
ALC Series Analytical and Precision Balances
Precision series with round
Analytical series with
glass chamber
• Advanced microprocessor for accurate weighing results
• Large Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
• RS-232 bi-directional interface for connection to computer or printer
• Lock-down capability
• Four selectable application programs
• 20 different weighing modes
• Simple "one button" external calibration
• Piece counting (5, 10, 20, 50, 100 selectable reference sampling)
• Averaging for unstable ambient conditions
• User selectable two unit toggling
0.0001g: ALC-80.4, ALC-110.4, ALC-210.4
0.001g: ALC-320.3, ALC-150.3
0.015g: ALC-810.2, ALC1100.2
0.01g: ALC-2100.2, ALC-3100.2
0.1g: ALC-2100.1, ALC-4100.1, ALC-6100.1
0.002g: ALC-150.3
0.02g: ALC-810.2, ALC-2100.2, ALC-3100.2
0.03g: ALC-1100.2
0.0003g: ALC-80.4
0.0004g: ALC-110.4, ALC-210.4
0.04g: ALC-810.2, ALC-1100.2,
ALC-2100.2, ALC-3100.2
Power Requirements:
AC adapter, 115V or 230V, +15%-20%, 60hz
Sensitivity Drift (<+-/K):
3x10-6: ALC-80.4, ALC-11.4, ALC-210.4,
5x10-6: ALC-320.3, ALC-150.3,
ALC-810.2, ALC-1100.2
2x10-5: ALC-2100.1
0.5x10-5: ALC-6100.1
ALC-80.4, ALC-110.4,
ALC-210.4: 3.3 in (80mm) dia
ALC-320.3, ALC-150.3: 3.9 in (100 mm)
ALC-810.2, ALC-1100.2, ALC-2100.2,
ALC-3100.2, ALC-2100.1, ALC-4100.1,
ALC-6100.1: 6.0 in (150mm) dia
ALC-80.4, ALC-110.4, ALC-210.4: 7.9 in x
10.6 in x 11.8 in (200 mm x 270 mm x 300 mm)
ALC-320.3, ALC-150.3: 7.9 in x 10.6 in x 4.743in
ALC-3100.2, ALC-2100.1 ALC-4100.1,
ALC-6100.1: 7.9 in x 10.6 in x 2.9 in
Reproducibility:
ALC Series
acculabcalibration
Capacityweightweight
92700............ ALC-80.4..............................80 g x 0.1 mg...............50 g (E2).........................................10.8 lb/4.9 kg.......................... $1,365.00
92701............ ALC-110.4............................110 g x 0.1 mg.............100 g (E2).......................................10.8 lb/4.9 kg............................ 1,495.00
92703............ ALC-320.3............................320 g x 0.001 g............200 g (F1).......................................7.3 lb/3.3 kg.............................. 1,055.00
92704............ ALC-150.3............................150 g x 0.001 g............100 g (F1).......................................6.2 lb/2.8 kg................................. 875.00
92705............ ALC-810.2............................810 g x 0.01 g..............500 g (F1).......................................5.3 lb/2.4 kg................................. 825.00
92706............ ALC-1100.2..........................1,100 g x 0.01 g...........1000 g (F1).....................................5.3 lb/2.4 kg................................. 875.00
92708............ ALC-3100.2..........................3,100 g x 0.01 g...........2000 g (F1).....................................6.4 lb/2.9 kg.............................. 1,055.00
92709............ ALC-2100.1..........................2,100 g x 0.1 g.............1000 g (F2).....................................5.3 lb/2.4 kg................................. 670.00
50233............ 6971947.........................................120 V adapter (AL series only)...................................................................................... 30.00
70518............ 6971948.........................................220 V adapter.............................................................................................................. 30.00
93388............ LAT-CAB.........................................25 PIN to 9 PIN cable (RS)............................................................................................ 35.00
51751............ LC-1...............................................Lockdown case and padlock........................................................................................ 15.00
36803............ AC-1...............................................AC adaptor, 120 VAC................................................................................................... 17.00
VICON Series Toploader Balance
• 15 models (enhanced by four milligram units)
• Protective flip-down and removable plastic cover for shipping
protection and allows stackable storage
• Integrated external calibration weights on models 710 gram
capacity and below
• Unique durable design for all applications including: counting, percent
weighing, totaling, display hold, specific gravity, mass unit conversion
• 14 mass unit conversions (g, oz, lbs, lbs: oz, dwt, ozt, grains,
Newton, carats, taels HK/Taiwan/Singapore/China, user defined)
• Optional RS-232 or USB interface kit (field installable)
• Parts counting with selectable reference sample (1-100)
• 9 V battery operation (or included AC adapter)
(excluding milligram models)
• External "one button" calibration with three weight options
• Lock down capability
Repeatability:
VIC-123, VIC-303: 3 d
VIC-2 mg, VIC-4 mg, VIC-212, VIC-412, VIC-612: 2 d
VIC-511, VIC-711, VIC-1501, VIC-3101, VIC-5101,
VIC-4 kg, VIC-6 kg, VIC-10 kg: 1 d
VIC-123, VIC-303: 3 d
VIC-2 mg, VIC-4 mg, VIC-212, VIC-412, VIC-612: 2 d
VIC-511, VIC-3101, VIC-5101, VIC-4 kg, VIC-6 kg,
VIC-10 kg: 1 d
Grams, lbs, lbs: oz, troy ounces, ounces, carats,
Pennyweight, Hong Kong taels, Taiwan taels,
Singapore taels, China taels, Grains, Newtons
and user defined
VIC-123, VIC-303, VIC-2 mg,
VIC-4 mg, VIC-212: 4 in (102 mm) dia
VIC-412, VIC-612, VIC-511, VIC-711,
VIC-1501, VIC-3101, VIC-5101, VIC4 kg, VIC-6 kg,
VIC-10 kg: 5.5 in x 5 in (140 mm x 127 mm)
Dimension (W x H x D):
VIC-1501, VIC-3101, VIC-5101, VIC4 kg,
VIC-6 kg, VIC-10 kg: 6.8 in x 9.8 in x 3.15 in
VIC-123, VIC-303, VIC-2 mg, VIC-4 mg:
6.8 in x 9.8 in x 3.7 in
ECON Series
• Unique low-cost design
• Stackability (units can be stacked for safe convenient storage)
• Mircroprocessor controlled
• Five weighing modes; g, oz, lb, ozt, dwt
• 9 V battery operation included (optional AC operation)
• Six minute auto off (saves battery life)
• Overload/underload and low battery indicators
• External "one button" digital calibration
• Transporation lock (protects weight cell from damage)
• Backlit LCD/0.35 in (8.89 mm) segment height
EC-211, EC-411, EC-2100: ±2 d
EC-4100: ±3 d
One-year limited warranty
6.26 in x 8.6 in x 2.07 in
VICON Series
MODEL #capacity
87569..........VIC-123...................................120 g x 0.001 g................................20, 50, 100 g.............................. 5 lb/2.3 kg................. $415.00
87570..........VIC-303...................................300 g x 0.001 g................................200 g.......................................... 5 lb/2.3 kg................... 499.00
87571..........VIC-2 mg.................................200 g x 0.005 g................................200 g.......................................... 5 lb/2.3 kg................... 395.00
87573..........VIC-212...................................210 g x 0.01 g..................................200 g.......................................... 5 lb/2.3 kg................... 289.00
87575..........VIC-612...................................610 g x 0.01 g ................................200 g.......................................... 5 lb/2.3 kg................... 499.00
87576..........VIC-511...................................510 g x 0.1 g....................................200 g.......................................... 5 lb/2.3 kg................... 179.00
87578..........VIC-1501.................................1,500 g x 0.1 g.................................1000 g........................................ 5 lb/2.3 kg................... 265.00
87580..........VIC-5101.................................5,100 g x 0.1 g.................................5 kg............................................ 5 lb/2.3 kg................... 430.00
87581..........VIC-4 kg..................................4,100 g x 1.0 g.................................4 kg............................................ 5 lb/2.3 kg................... 189.00
87583..........VIC-10 kg................................10,100 g x 1.0 g...............................5 kg............................................ 5 lb/2.3 kg................... 270.00
87584..........YADAP-RS..............................................RS-232 kit and cable............................................................................................. 75.00
87585..........YADAP-USB............................................USB kit and cable.................................................................................................. 75.00
36807..........902580.1................................................Carrying case......................................................................................................... 65.00
36803..........AC-1.......................................................AC Adapter (120 VAC)............................................................................................ 17.00
CalibrationEst. Ship
87587..........EC-211...................................210 g x 0.1 g....................................200 g.......................................... 3 lb................................89.00
87588..........EC-411................................... 410 g x 0.1 g...................................200 g.......................................... 3 lb............................. 115.00
87589..........EC-2100.................................2,100 g x 1.0 g.................................2000 g........................................3 lb............................... 89.00
87590..........EC-4100.................................4,100 g x 1.0 g................................. 2000 g........................................ 3 lb............................. 115.00
36803..........AC-1................................................... Power adapter (120V)............................................................................................... 17.00
51751..........LC-1.................................................... Lockdown cable and padlock................................................................................... 15.00
36807..........902580.1............................................ Carrying case............................................................................................................ 65.00
Pocket Pro Series
•Calibration weight and tray included with all models
•Blue back-lit display for easy viewing in all ambient conditions
•Scales weigh in "grams and ounces" (PP-62 features grams,
ounces, grains and carats)
•Battery operation (one AA battery included)
•Auto off (saves battery life)
•Overload/underload and low battery indicators
•External "one button" calibration with included weight
•Display 0.35 in (8.89 mm) segment height
PP-62: ±3 d
PP-201, PP-401: ±2 d
Grams, ounces, grains, carats
Low Battery Indication:
PP-62: 50 g
PP-201: 100 g
PP-62: 3 seconds
PP-201, PP-401: 2 seconds
50˚ F-86˚ F (10˚-30˚C)
14˚ F-158˚ F (-10˚-70˚C)
"Lo" on LCD display
One AA battery (included)
25 mA, 40 mA with backlight
2.9 in x 2.5 in (73 mm x 63 mm)
2.9 in x 3.5 in x 0.875 in
(74 mm x 89 mm x 22 mm)
0.24 lbs (0.12 kg)
AcculabEst. Ship
Capacityweight
87591................ PP-62.........................65 g x 0.01 g.......................................................................2 lb................................................. $199.00
87592................ PP-201.......................200 g x 0.1 g.......................................................................2 lb..................................................... 69.00
SVI Series Industrial Precision Scale
• Remote adjustable blue back-lit display with included bracket
• Stainless steel platform
• 200% overload protection
• Unit toggling
• Parts counting with selectable reference sample
• Optional 9 V battery operation (or included AC adapter)
reversed voltage
• Auto off feature with three options; four minutes,
10 minutes or "Always on"
• Backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) 0.75 in (19.5 mm) segment
±3 d
Grams, kilograms, pounds, troy ounces
SVI-10A, SVI-20B, SVI-50C: 2 seconds
SVI-100E, SVI-200F: 3 seconds
Included AC voltage adapter or optional 9 V battery
30 mA max, 70 mA max with backlight
Auto Off:
Three menu settings: Four minutes, 10 minutes
(no activity), or always "on"
50˚ F -104˚ F (10˚-40˚C)
SVI-10A, SVI-20B, SVI-50C: 12.1 in x 12.4 in
SVI-100E, SVI-200F:
15.9 in x 20.5 in (403 mm x 520 mm)
SVI-10A, SVI-20B, SVI-50C:
SVI-100E, SVI-200F: 15.9 in x 20.5 in x 3.5 in
SVI-10A, SVI-20B, SVI-50C: 9.9 lbs (4.4 kg)
SVI-100E, SVI-200F: 35.2 lb (16 kg)
Cable Length:
9.8 ft (3 m) base to display
SVI Series
AcculabcalibrationEst. Ship
87594..........SVI-10A...........................10 kg/22 lb x 1.0 g/0.002 lb............................. 10 kg.....................................10 lb....................... $339.00
87595..........SVI-20B..........................20 kg/44 lb x 2.0 g/0.005 lb............................. 20 kg.....................................10 lb......................... 339.00
87596..........SVI-50C..........................50 kg/110 lb x 5.0 g/0.01 lb............................. 50 kg.....................................10 lb......................... 339.00
87597..........SVI-100E.........................100 kg/220 lb x 20 g/0.05 lb............................ 50 kg.....................................43 lb......................... 419.00
87598..........SVI-200F.........................200 kg/440 lb x 50 g/0.1 lb.............................. 50 kg.....................................43 lb......................... 419.00
36804..........AC-2.............................. 220 VAC adapter euro 2-pin........................................................................................................... 17.00
36803..........AC-1.............................. 110 VAC adapter............................................................................................................................ 17.00
Discovery Semi-Micro and Analytical Balances
• Selectable environmental filters
• RS-232 interface with full GLP/GMP protocol
• Easy to clean stainless steel platform
• Windring and glass and steel construction
• Protective in-use cover
• Integral weigh-below hook
• Easy to use keypad
• Up-front level indicator
• Stability indicator
• Mechanical and software overload/underload protection
• User selectable span calibration points
• Auto tare, auto shut-offs
• User selectable printing options
• User selectable communications settings
• User definable project and user ID's
• Software reset menu
• Software lockout menu
NRTL
DV114C, DV214C: 0.1 mg
DV314C: 0.2 mg
DV215CD: 0.02*/0.1 mg
DV114C, DV214C: ±0.2 mg
DV314C: ±0.5 mg
DV215CD: ±0.03*/0.2 mg
Weighing Units:
mg, g, ct, oz, ozt, grain, pennyweight, momme,
taels, custom
Application Modes:
Weighing, parts counting with automatic sample
recalculation, percent weighing, checkweighing,
animal/dynamic weighing, gross/net/tare weighing,
totalization, high point, density, statistics,
3.5 in (9 cm) dia
7.9 in x 11.8 in x 18 in (20 cm x 30 cm x 45.7 cm)
22.5 lb (10.2 kg)
DV114C, DV214C: 4 seconds
DV314C: 8 seconds
DV215CD: 12/5 seconds
50˚ F to 104˚ F (10˚ C to 40˚ C)
Automatic internal, push-button internal,
manual external
Two-line alphanumeric backlit LCD display
Repeatability (Std. Dev):
OhausEst. Ship
96945..........DV114C..................................110 g x 0.1 mg........................................................................ 22 lb/10 kg........................ $3,456.00
96947..........DV214C..................................210 g x 0.1 mg........................................................................ 22 lb/10 kg.......................... 3,781.00
96950..........DV215CD................................210 g x 0.1 mg, 81 g x 0.01 mg............................................... 22 lb/10 kg.......................... 4,862.00
71960..........80500571...............................RS-232 cable, printer............................................................................................................. 90.00
67413..........SW12W...................................TAL software WinWedge...................................................................................................... 261.00
70406..........80500525...............................RS-232 cable, IBM 9-pin........................................................................................................ 90.00
77712..........80500524...............................RS-232 cable, IBM 25-pin...................................................................................................... 90.00
67408..........77402-00................................Density determination kit...................................................................................................... 913.00
70394..........9773-79..................................Storage cover........................................................................................................................ 45.00
67409..........77401-00................................Security device..................................................................................................................... 122.00
13064.........................................................100 g calibration mass, ASTM Class 1................................................................................ Consult
104767........80252042...............................Dot matrix printer................................................................................................................. 434.00
104770........80251932...............................Paper..................................................................................................................................... 35.00
104771........80251933...............................Ink ribbon............................................................................................................................... 23.00
Pioneer™ Analytical/Precision Balances
• Easy to clean analytical draftshield
• Upfront level indicator
• Selectable environment settings
• Flexibility of available options
• Removable doors for easy cleaning and access
• Upfront level bubble for easy reference
• Selectable environmental settings
• Integral weigh below hook
• Standard security bracket
• Standard RS-232C
• Security menu lock
• Multiple application models and units of measure
Weighing, parts counting, percent
mg, g, ct, oz, dwt, tical, tola, mommes, baht,
grain, mesghal, Newton, ozt, teals
Platform Size:
Analytical: 3.54 in (90 mm) dia
Precision PA153, PA3113: 4.72 in (120 mm) dia
PA512, 1502, 3102, 4101: 7.1 in (180 mm) dia
Analytical: 0.1 g
Precision: PA153, PA313: 1 mg
PA512, PA1502, PA3102: 10 mg
PA4101: 100 mg
Analytical: PA64, PA114: 0.2 g
PA214: 0.3 g
Taring Time:
One second
Three seconds
Analytical: PA153, PA313: 10.0 lb (4.5 kg)
PA512, PA1502, PA3102, PA4101: 7.3 lb (3.3 kg)
Analytical: 15.2 lb (6.9 kg)
Precision: PA153, PA313: 15.2 lb (6.9 kg)
PA512, PA1502, PA3102, PA4101: 11.8 lb (5.4 kg)
Balance Dimensions (W x D x H):
Analytical: 7.7 in x 11.3 in x 12.6 in
(19.6 cm x 28.7 cm x 32 cm)
Precision: PA153, PA313:
7.7 in x 11.3 in x 12.6 in (19.6 cm x 28.7 cm x 32 cm)
PA512, PA1502, PA3102, PA4101:
7.7 in x 3.6 in x 12.6 in (19.6 cm x 9.2 cm x 32 cm)
Draftshield:
Analytical: yes
Precision: PA153, PA313: yes
14˚ F/-10˚C to 104˚F/40˚C at 10% to 80% relative
humidity, non-condensing, up to 4000 m above
Storage Temp:
-40˚F/-40˚C to 158˚F/70˚C at 10% to 80% relative
humidity, non-condensing
Pioneer TM
102788........PA64.......................................65 g x 0.1 mg.......................................................................... 15.2 lb/6.9 kg.................... $1,722.00
102789........PA114.....................................110 g x 0.1 mg........................................................................ 15.2 lb/6.9 kg...................... 1,985.00
103509........PA153.....................................150 g x 0.001 g....................................................................... 15.2 lb/6.9 kg...................... 1,040.00
103511........PA512.....................................510 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 15.2 lb/6.9 kg......................... 872.00
103512........PA1502...................................1510 g x 0.01 g....................................................................... 15.2 lb/6.9 kg...................... 1,040.00
103514........PA4101...................................4100 g x 0.1 g......................................................................... 15.2 lb/6.9 kg......................... 767.00
104767.......................................................Compact impact printer, 42 column..................................................................................... 434.00
67413..........SW12W...................................TAL software WinWedge®. .................................................................................................. 261.00
104770........80251932...............................Paper for printer.................................................................................................................... 35.00
104771........80251933...............................Ribbon for printer................................................................................................................... 23.00
71960..........80500571...............................RS-232 cable, printer to Pioneer............................................................................................ 90.00
70406..........80500525...............................RS-232 cable, PC 9 pin to Pioneer......................................................................................... 90.00
77712..........80500524...............................RS232 cable, PC 25 pin to Pioneer........................................................................................ 90.00
102798........80850045...............................Density determination kit for Pioneer analytical balances (0.1 mg and 1 mg).......................... 231.00
35263..........76288-01................................Security device for pioneer..................................................................................................... 43.00
102799........128-00....................................Forceps, 2.75 in (70 mm).......................................................................................................... 8.50
102800........129-00....................................Forceps, 3.5 in (89 mm)............................................................................................................ 8.50
33455..........5076-00..................................Aluminum scoop, 1.5 in x 2 in (3.8 cm x 5.1 cm), weight 4 g..................................................... 12.00
33456..........5077-00..................................Gold scoop, 2.25 in x 3 in (5.7 cm x 7.6 cm), weight 10 g......................................................... 11.00
33454..........4590-30..................................Black scoop, aluminum 4 in x 3.5 in (10.2 cm x 8.9 cm), weight 24 g....................................... 14.00
33451..........3369-10..................................Polypropylene Maxi-Scoop™ 10 in dia. x 2.5 in deep (25.4 cm dia. x 6.4 cm deep)................... 17.00
with pouring spout, weight 145 g
102801........71147059...............................Plastic sccop, 1.3 in x 1.5 in x 0.4 in (33 mm x 38 mm x 10 mm)................................................ 8.00
deep with pouring spout, weight 1.2 g
97250..........80250400...............................Stainless steel scoop 11.9 in x 7.38 in x 1.69 in....................................................................... 32.00
100292........80250954...............................Stainless steel scoop 17.2 in x 11 in x 3.4 in (44 cm x 28 cm x 8.5 cm)..................................... 41.00
WinWedge is a registered trademark of TAL Software.
Voyager® Pro Analytical/Precision Balances
• AutoCal™ automatic internal calibration system
• The most advanced application modes in the industry include:
statistics, formulation, differential weighing, statistical QC, density
determination and pipette calibration
• Brilliant backlit high resolution dot matrix display with simple navigation windows and menus to guide you through balance functions
• User selectable filter, stability indicator and auto-zero tracking
for use in difficult environments
• User selectable GLP/GMP outputs via RS-232 to meet
traceability requirements
• Five-language operational display text
• Standard weigh below capability
• Protective in-use cover and security bracket
• Industry leading warranty and support
• NTEP-certified legal-for-trade
VP213CN, VP413CN, VP613CN: ±0.002 g
VP413DCN: ±0.002/0.005 g
VP612CN, VP2102CN, VP4102CN: ±0.02 g
VP6102CN: ±0.04 g
VP4102DCN: ±0.02/0.05 g
VP4101CN, VP6101CN, VP8101CN: ±0.1 g
VP64CN, VP114CN, VP214CN: ±0.2 mg
VP214DCN: ±0.2/0.5 mg
Statistics, formulation, differential weighing, SQC,
density determination, pipette calibration, parts
counting, animal weighing, checkweighing,
percent weighing, filling, gross/net/tare weighing
Applications library, RS-232 port, auxiliary display
port, GLP protocol, selectable operating language,
selectable displayed information settings, selectable
environmental settings, selectable auto-print settings,
integral weigh below hook, contrast and brightness
control, protective in-use cover
Full capacity by subtraction
Precision: Three seconds
Analytical: Four seconds
Repeatability (Std. Dev.):
VP213CN, VP413CN: 0.0005 g
VP613CN: 0.0015 g
VP413DCN: 0.0005/0.005 g
VP612CN, VP2102CN, VP4102CN: 0.005 g
VP6102CN: 0.01 g
VP4102DCN: 0.01/0.05 g
VP4101CN, VP6101CN, VP8101CN: 0.05 g
VP64CN, VP114CN, VP214CN: 0.1 mg
VP214DCN: .1/.5 mg
100-120 VAC, 220-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
Internal or external
VP213CN, VP413CN, VP613CN, VP413DCN:
8.3 in x 13.8 in x 13.8 in (21 cm x 35 cm 35 cm)
VP612CN, VP2102CN, VP4102CN, VP6102CN,
VP4102DCN, VP4101CN, VP6101CN,
VP8101CN: 8.5 in x 13.8 in x 4 in
(21.5 cm x 35 cm x 10.3 cm)
(21 cm x 35 cm x 35 cm)
13.2 lb (6 kg)
VP8101CN: 11 lb (5 kg)
LCD high resolution dot matrix with backlight
VP213CN, VP413CN, VP613CN,
VP413DCN: 4.7 in (12 cm) dia
VP612CN, VP2102CN, VP4102CN,
VP6102CN, VP4102DCN, VP4101CN, VP6101CN,
VP8101CN: 6.8 in X 6.8 in (17.2 cm x 17.2 cm)
with removeable breeze collar
Analytical: 3.5 in
50° to 104°F
Gram, milligram, kilogram, pound, ounce, ounce
troy, carat, pennyweight, Hong Kong tael,
Singapore tael, Taiwan tael, mommes, grain,
tical, Newton, custom
Two year limited warranty
50˚ F to 104˚ F (10˚ to 40˚C)
*Moveable FineRange™
Voyager® Pro
Models with internal calibration (AutoCalTM)
83160..........VP64CN..................................62 g x 0.1 mg ........................................................................ 13.2 lb/6.0 kg.................... $3,155.00
83161..........VP114CN................................110 g x 0.1 mg ...................................................................... 13.2 lb/6.0 kg...................... 3,355.00
83163..........VP214DCN.............................210/100 g x 1/0.1 mg............................................................. 13.2 lb/6.0 kg...................... 3,415.00
83184..........VP213CN................................210 g x 0.001 g with AutoCal and draft shield......................... 13.2 lb/6.0 kg...................... 2,688.00
83187..........VP413DCN.............................410/100 g x 0.01/0.001 g with AutoCal and draft shield.......... 13.2 lb/6.0 kg...................... 2,688.00
83188..........VP612CN................................610 g x 0.01 g with AutoCal.................................................... 11.0 lb/5.0 kg...................... 2,615.00
83189..........VP2102CN..............................2,100 g x 0.01 g with AutoCal................................................. 11.0 lb/5.0 kg...................... 2,688.00
83192..........VP4102DCN...........................4,100/1,000 g x 0.1/0.01 g with AutoCal................................ 11.0 lb/5.0 kg...................... 2,688.00
83193..........VP4101CN..............................4,100 g x 0.1 g with AutoCal................................................... 11.0 lb/5.0 kg...................... 2,422.00
67422............ 80850045.............................Density determination kit (up to 610 g x 1 mg)....................................................................... 231.00
67423............ 470004-010.........................Security devices (up to 8 kg)................................................................................................. 107.00
70424............ AS017-02.............................Cable, IBM-PC, 25-pin........................................................................................................... 93.00
70426............ AS017-09.............................Cable, IBM-PC, 9-pin............................................................................................................. 93.00
67413............ SW12W................................WinWedge® TAL software.................................................................................................... 261.00
67467............ 490202-01...........................100-120 VAC adapter............................................................................................................ 40.00
67669............ 490203-01...........................220 VAC adapter.................................................................................................................... 40.00
35263............ 76288-01.............................Security device (12, 22 and 32 kg only)................................................................................... 43.00
104767.......................................................Impact printer....................................................................................................................... 434.00
71959............ 500570.................................Cable for PN 104767............................................................................................................. 90.00
104770.......................................................Paper for PN 104767............................................................................................................. 35.00
104771.......... 12101512.............................Ribbon for PN 104767........................................................................................................... 23.00
Explorer® Pro Analytical Balances
• Automatic calibration via AutoCal™
• Communication RS-232C
• On screen prompts
• Spill channel
• Applications library to store and quickly recall past procedures
• User selectable GLP outputs via RS-232 to meet
• Five-language operation display text
• Standard weigh-below capability
• Autocal™ automatic calibration
• NTEP Certified, Legal-for-Trade
EP64*, EP64C†, EP114*, EP114C†, EP214*,
EP214C†: 0.1 mg
EP214D*, EP214DC†: 0.1/0.5 mg
EP214C†: ±0.2 mg
EP214D*, EP214DC†: ±0.2/0.5 mg
Gram, milligram, ounce, ounce troy, carat,
pennyweight, Hong Kong tael, Singapore tael,
Taiwan tael, mommes, grain, tical, Newton, custom
Weighing, parts counting, animal/dynamic
weighing, checkweighing, percent weighing, filling,
gross/net/tare weighing
50˚ F to 86˚ F* (10˚ to 30˚ C*)
50˚ F to 104˚ F† (10˚ to 40˚ C†)
8.3 in x 13.8 in x 13.8 in (21 cm x 35 cm x 35 cm)
*Models without AutoCal
†Model with AutoCal
Explorer® Pro Analytical Balances
Models without AutoCal
77607..........EP64.......................................62 g x 0.1 mg.......................................................................... 17 lb/7.7 kg....................... $2,323.00
77609..........EP114.....................................110 g x 0.1 mg........................................................................ 17 lb/7.7 kg......................... 2,522.00
77615..........EP214D..................................100/210 g x 0.1/1 mg............................................................. 17 lb/7.7 kg......................... 2,578.00
Models with AutoCal
77608..........EP64C....................................62 g x 0.1 mg.......................................................................... 18 lb/8.1 kg......................... 2,659.00
77612..........EP114C..................................110 g x 0.1 mg........................................................................ 18 lb/8.1 kg......................... 2,859.00
77616..........EP214DC................................100/210 g x 0.1/1 mg............................................................. 18 lb/8.1 kg......................... 2,918.00
Models with internal calibration, legal for trade
83179..........EP64CN..................................62 g x 0.000[1] g............................................................................................................... 2,767.00
83180..........EP114CN................................110 g x 0.000[1] g............................................................................................................. 2,967.00
83182..........EP214DCN.............................210/100 g x 0.001/0.000[1] g............................................................................................ 3,027.00
67422..........80850045...............................Density determination kit (up to 610 g x 1 mg)....................................................................... 231.00
67423..........470004-010............................Security devices (up to 8 kg)................................................................................................. 107.00
70424..........AS017-02...............................Cable, IBM-PC, 25-pin........................................................................................................... 93.00
70426..........AS017-09...............................Cable, IBM-PC, 9-pin............................................................................................................. 93.00
67413..........SW12W...................................WinWedge® TAL Software.................................................................................................... 261.00
67467..........490202-01..............................100-120 VAC adapter............................................................................................................ 40.00
67669..........490203-01..............................220 VAC adapter.................................................................................................................... 40.00
71959..........80500570...............................Cable for PN 104767............................................................................................................. 90.00
104771.......................................................Ribbon for PN 104767........................................................................................................... 23.00
Explorer® Pro Precision and High Capacity Balances
High Capacity Model
Precision Model
• Large, high resolution, dot matrix Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
dot matrix display with backlight
• RS-232 with user selectable GLP/GMP outputs including date and time
• User-selectable stability levels, filters, auto-zero tracking
and auto-print settings
• Below balance weighing
• Selectable language display text (English, Spanish, French,
German, Italian)
• Ergonomic leveling system
• Auxiliary port for connection to remote display
• Integral security bracket
• 100–120 VAC adapter
EP213C†, EP413*, EP413C†, EP613C†: 0.001 g
EP413D*, EP413DC†: 0.001/0.01 g
EP612*, EP612C†, EP2102*, EP2102C†, EP4102*,
EP4102C†, EP6102*, EP6102C†: 0.01 g
EP4102D*, EP4102DC†: 0.01/0.1 g
EP4101*, EP4101C†, EP6101*, EP6101C†,
EP8101*, EP8101C†, EP12001*, EP12001C†,
EP22001*, EP22001C†, EP32001*,
EP32001C†: 0.1 g
Repeatability (Std Dev):
EP213*, EP213C†, EP413*,
EP413C†:0.0005 g
EP613C†: 0.0015 g
EP413D*, EP413DC†: 0.0005/0.005 g
EP4102C†: 0.005 g
EP6102*, EP6102C†: 0.01 g
EP4102D*, EP4102DC†:0.01/0.05 g
EP12001*, EP12001C†, EP22001*, EP22001C†,
EP32001*, EP32001C†: 0.1 g
EP210*, EP213C†, EP413*, EP413C†,
EP613C†: ±0.002 g
EP413D*, EP413DC†: ±0.002/0.005 g
EP4102C†: ±0.02 g
EP6102*, EP6102C†: ±0.04 g
EP4102D*, EP4102DC†: ±0.02/0.05 g
EP8101*, EP8101C†:±0.1 g
EP32001*, EP32001C†: ±0.4 g
Gram, milligram, kilogram, pound, ounce,
ounce troy, carat, pennyweight, Hong Kong tael,
Singapore tael, Taiwan tael, mommes, grain, tical,
Newton, custom
3 seconds (except EP12001*, EP12001C†,
EP32001C†: 4 seconds)
Optional automatic internal calibration
High resolution LCD dot matrix with backlight
EP613C†, EP413D*, EP413DC†:
8.3 in x 13.8 in x 13.8 in
(21 cm x 35 cm x 35 cm)
EP612*, EP612C†, EP2102*, EP2102C†,
EP4102D*, EP4102DC†, EP4101*, EP4101C†,
EP6101*, EP6101C†, EP8101*,
EP8101C†: 8.5 in x 13.8 in x 4 in
EP32001*, EP32001C†: 14 in x 5.5 in x 17.5 in
(36 cm x 14 cm x 44.5 cm)
EP4102D*, EP4102DC†, EP4101*,
EP4101C†, EP6101*, EP6101C†,
EP8101*, EP8101C†: 11 lb (5 kg)
EP32001*, EP32001C†: 27 lb (12.3 kg)
EP210*, EP213C†, EP413*, EP413C†, EP613C†,
EP413D*, EP413DC†: 4.7 in (12 cm) dia
EP4102C†, EP6102*, EP6102C†, EP4102D*,
EP4102DC†: 6.8 in x 6.8 in
(17.2 cm x 17.2 cm) with windshield
EP6101C†, EP8101*, EP8101C†: 8 in x 8 in
(20.3 cm x 20.3 cm)
EP22001C†, EP32001*, EP32001C†: 11 in x 14 in
(28 cm x 35.6 cm)
Explorer® Pro Precision Balances
Models without internal calibration
77617..........EP213.....................................210 g x 0.001 g with draft shield............................................. 13 lb/5.9 kg....................... $1,849.00
77619..........EP413.....................................410 g x 0.001 g with draft shield............................................. 13 lb/5.9 kg......................... 2.157.00
77621..........EP613.....................................610 g x 0.001 g with draft shield............................................. 13 lb/5.9 kg......................... 2,461.00
77623..........EP413D..................................100/410 g x 0.001/0.01 g with draft shield*............................. 13 lb/5.9 kg......................... 1,849.00
77625..........EP612.....................................610 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 13 lb/5.9 kg......................... 1,777.00
77627..........EP2102...................................2,100 g x 0.01 g...................................................................... 13 lb/5.9 kg......................... 1,849.00
77633..........EP4102D................................1,000/4100 g x 0.01/0.1 g*..................................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,849.00
77635..........EP4101...................................4,100 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,585.00
77639..........EP8101...................................8,100 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 27 lb/12.2 kg....................... 1,971.00
77641..........EP12001.................................12,000 g x 0.1 g...................................................................... 27 lb/12.2 kg....................... 3,229.00
Models with internal calibration (AutoCal )
77618..........EP213C..................................210 g x 0.001 g with draft shield............................................. 14 lb/6.3 kg......................... 2,191.00
77622..........EP613C..................................610 g x 0.001 g† with draft shield........................................... 14 lb/6.3 kg......................... 2,803.00
77624..........EP413DC................................100/410 g x 0.001/0.01 g* with draft shield............................. 14 lb/6.3 kg......................... 2,191.00
77626..........EP612C..................................610 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 14 lb/6.3 kg......................... 2,118.00
77628..........EP2102C................................2,100 g x 0.01 g...................................................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 2,191.00
77634..........EP4102DC..............................1,000/4,100 g x 0.01/0.1 g*.................................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 2,191.00
77636..........EP4101C................................4,100 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 1,926.00
77642..........EP12001C..............................12,000 g x 0.1 g†.................................................................... 28 lb/12.7 kg....................... 3,569.00
67422..........80850045...............................Density determination kit (up to 610 g x 1 mg)...................................................................... 231.00
67434..........470008-010............................Modular display upgrade kit (up to 8 kg)............................................................................... 615.00
67423..........470004-010............................Security devices (up to 8 kg)................................................................................................ 107.00
67467..........490202-01..............................100–120 VAC adapter............................................................................................................ 40.00
35263..........76288-01................................Security device (12, 22 & 32 kg only)...................................................................................... 43.00
* Movable FineRangeTM
** Balances with internal calibration are equipped with a 6" x 6" pan and draft ring
Not available in LFT (U.S.)/type approved versions
Explorer® Pro NTEP Approved Precision and High Capacity Balances
• RS-232 with user selectable GLP/GMP outputs including
EP213CN†, EP413N*, EP413CN†:0.0005 g
EP613CN†: 0.0015 g
EP413DN*, EP413DCN†: 0.0005/0.005 g
EP612N*, EP612CN†, EP2102N*, EP2102CN†,
EP4102N*, EP4102CN†: 0.005 g
EP6102N*, EP6102CN†: 0.01 g
EP4102DN*, EP4102DCN†:0.01/0.05 g
EP4101N*, EP4101CN†, EP6101N*, EP6101CN†,
EP210N*, EP213CN†, EP413N*, EP413CN†,
EP613CN†: ±0.002 g
EP413DN*, EP413DCN†: ±0.002/0.005 g
EP4102N*, EP4102CN†: ±0.02 g
EP4102DN*, EP4102DCN†: ±0.02/0.05 g
EP8101N*, EP8101CN†:±0.1 g
EP210N*, EP213CN†, EP413N*,
EP413CN†, EP613CN†, EP413DN*, EP413DCN†:
4.7 in (12 cm) dia
EP612N*, EP612CN†, EP2102N*,
EP2102CN†, EP4102N*, EP4102CN†, EP6102N*,
EP6102CN†, EP4102DN*, EP4102DCN†:
6.8 in x 6.8 in (17.2 cm x 17.2 cm) with windshield
EP8101N*, EP8101CN†: 8 in x 8 in
EP413CN†, EP613CN†, EP413DN*,
EP413DCN†: 8.3 in x 13.8 in x 13.8 in
EP2102CN†, EP4102N*, EP4102CN†,
EP6102N*, EP6102CN†, EP4102DN*,
EP4102DCN†, EP4101N*, EP4101CN†,
EP6101N*, EP6101CN†, EP8101N*,
EP8101CN†: 8.5 in x 13.8 in x 4 in
EP413DCN†: 13.2 lb (6 kg)
EP8101CN†: 11 lb (5 kg)
Explorer® Pro NTEP Approved Precision and High Capacity Balances
est. shipping
Descriptionweight
83199..........EP213N..................................210 g x 0.00(1) g without AutoCal and draft shield.................. 25 lb/12 kg........................ $1,957.00
83200..........EP413N..................................410 g x 0.00(1) g without AutoCal and draft shield.................. 25 lb/12 kg.......................... 2,265.00
83201..........EP413DN................................410/100 g x 0.01/0.00(1) g without AutoCal and draft shield... 25 lb/12 kg.......................... 1,957.00
83202..........EP612N..................................610 g x 0.0(1) g without AutoCal............................................. 25 lb/12 kg.......................... 1,885.00
83203..........EP2102N................................2,100 g x 0.0(1) g without AutoCal.......................................... 25 lb/12 kg.......................... 1,957.00
83206..........EP4102DN..............................4,100/1,000 g x 0.1/0.0(1) g without AutoCal......................... 25 lb/12 kg.......................... 1,957.00
83207..........EP4101N................................4,100 g x 0.1 g without AutoCal.............................................. 25 lb/12 kg.......................... 1,693.00
Models with internal calibration (AutoCal)
83210..........EP213CN................................210 g x 0.00(1) g with AutoCal and draft shield....................... 27 lb/13 kg.......................... 2,299.00
83212..........EP413DCN.............................410/100 g x 0.01/0.00(1) g with AutoCal and draft shield........ 27 lb/13 kg.......................... 2,299.00
83213..........EP613DCN.............................610 g x 0.00(1) g with AutoCal................................................ 27 lb/13 kg.......................... 2,911.00
83214..........EP612CN................................610 g x 0.0(1) g with AutoCal.................................................. 27 lb/13 kg.......................... 2,226.00
83215..........EP2102CN..............................2,100 g x 0.0(1) g with AutoCal............................................... 27 lb/13 kg.......................... 2,299.00
83218..........EP4102DCN...........................4,100/1,000 g x 0.1/0.0(1) g with AutoCal............................... 27 lb/13 kg.......................... 2,299.00
83219..........EP4101CN..............................4,100 g x 0.1 g with AutoCal................................................... 27 lb/13 kg.......................... 2,034.00
67434..........470008-010............................Modular display upgrade kit (up to 8 kg)............................................................................... 615.00
35263..........76288-01................................Security device (12, 22 & 32 kg only)...................................................................................... 43.00
71959..........80500570...............................Cable for PN104767.............................................................................................................. 90.00
104771.......................................................Ribbon for PN104767............................................................................................................ 23.00
** Balances with internal calibration are equipped with a 6" x 6" pan and draft ring
† Not available in LFT (U.S.)/type approved versions
Adventurer Pro Analytical and Precision Balances
• Full duplex RS-232 serial interface
• Large backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
• GLP/GMP data output capability
• Stability, overload, underload, low battery indicator
• Programmable auto shut-off
• Adjustable environmental settings
• Enhanced balance software including multiple span calibration
points, auto tare, and output layout options including single
or multiple lines, four-line feed and form feed
• Parts counting; weighing, animal/dynamic weighing,
checkweighing, percentage weighing, totalization, display hold
• InCal™ optional available
• Battery operation on select models
AV412–AV8101
AV-64; AV114; AV264
AV53, AV213, AV313: 0.001 g
AV213, AV412, AV812, AV2102, AV3102: 0.01 g
AV2101, AV4101, AV8101: 0.1 g
AV64, AV114, AV264: 1 g
AV53, AV213, AV313: ±0.002 g
AV213, AV412, AV812, AV2102, AV3102: ±0.02 g
AV2101, AV4101, AV8101: ±0.2 g
AV64, AV114: ±0.2 g
AV264: ±0.3 mg
Milligram, gram, kilogram, ounce, pound, carat,
pennyweight, ounce troy, grain, newton, Hong Kong
tael, Singapore tael, Taiwan tael, momme, tical, baht,
mesghal, tola, custom
To capacity by subtraction
AV53: 2.5 seconds
AV212, AV313: 3 seconds
AV212: 1.5* seconds
AV412, AV812, AV2102, AV3102: 3 seconds
AV2102, AV4101, AV8101: 2* seconds
50˚ F- 86˚ F (10˚ C- 30˚ C)
AC adapter (included) or four AA batteries
(not included)
Digital with external weight/available with internal
calibration, see back
Two-line LCD with backlight
Pan Size with Incal:
Pan Size without InCal:
AV53: 3.9 in (10 cm)
AV212, AV313: 4.7 in (12 cm)
AV412, AV812: 5.8 in x 6.3 in (14.9 cm x 16.2 cm)
AV2101, AV3102: 6.6 in x 7.1 in (16.8 cm x 18 cm)
AV2101, AV4101, AV8101: 5.8 in x 6.3 in
AV64, AV114, AV264: 3.5 in (9 cm)
Overall Dimensions (W x D x H)
with Incal:
AV213, AV313: 8.7 in x 11.8 in x 7.5 in
AV213, AV412, AV812, AV2101,
AV3102: 8.7 in x 11.8 in x 3.3 in
(22 cm x 30 cm x 8.5 cm)
AV212, AV313: 4.7 in (12 cm) dia
AV412, AV812, AV2102, AV3102, AV4101,
AV8101: 6.6 in x 7.1 in (16.8 cm x 18 cm)
*Note: Models AV212C, AV2101C, AV4101C and AV8101C have a Stabilization Time of 3 seconds
AdventurerTM Pro Analytical and Precision Series
91007..........AV64.......................................65 g x 0.1m g with draft chamber........................................... 14 lb/6.3 kg....................... $1,889.00
91008..........AV114.....................................110 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber......................................... 14 lb/6.3 kg......................... 2,101.00
77647..........AV53.......................................51 g x 0.001 g with draft shield............................................... 14 lb/6.3 kg............................ 823.00
91010..........AV213.....................................210 g x 0.001 g with draft shield............................................. 14 lb/6.3 kg......................... 1,162.00
77648..........AV212.....................................210 g x 0.01 g with draft shield............................................... 14 lb/6.3 kg............................ 706.00
77649..........AV412.....................................410 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 14 lb/6.3 kg............................ 791.00
91012..........AV2102...................................2,100 g x 0.01 g...................................................................... 14 lb/6.3 kg......................... 1,162.00
77651..........AV2101...................................2,100 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 14 lb/6.3 kg............................ 711.00
InCal™ Internal Calibration
91015..........AV64C.....................................65 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber........................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 2,207.00
91016..........AV114C...................................110 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber......................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 2,420.00
91019..........AV213C...................................210 g x 0.001 g with draft shield............................................. 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,480.00
91021..........AV212C...................................210 g x 0.01 g with draft shield............................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg............................ 812.00
91022..........AV412C...................................410 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg............................ 897.00
91023..........AV812C...................................810 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,013.00
91024..........AV2102C.................................2,100 g x 0.01 g...................................................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,480.00
91026..........AV2101C.................................2,100 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 15 lb/6.8 kg............................ 817.00
91028..........AV8101C.................................8,100 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,013.00
Second RS-232 Interface
91029..........AV64R.....................................65 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber........................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 2,097.00
91030..........AV114R...................................110 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber......................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 2,309.00
91032..........AV53R.....................................51 g x 0.001 g with draft shield............................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,031.00
91033..........AV213R...................................210 g x 0.001 g with draft shield............................................. 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,370.00
91035..........AV212R...................................210 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg............................ 914.00
91037..........AV812R...................................810 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,115.00
91038..........AV2102R.................................2,100 g x 0.01 g...................................................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,370.00
91040..........AV2101R.................................2,100 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 15 lb/6.8 kg............................ 919.00
91042..........AV8101R.................................8,100 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,115.00
AdventurerTM Pro Analytical and Precision (cont'd)
With InCal and Second RS-232 Interface
91065..........AV64CR..................................65 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber........................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg....................... $2,415.00
91066..........AV114CR................................110 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber......................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 2,628.00
91068..........AV213CR................................210 g x 0.001 g with draft shield............................................. 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 1,688.00
91070..........AV212CR................................210 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 1,020.00
91073..........AV2102CR..............................2,100 g x 0.01 g...................................................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 1,688.00
91075..........AV2101CR..............................2,100 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 1,025.00
With USB Interface
91078..........AV64U.....................................65 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber........................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 2,097.00
91079..........AV114U...................................110 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber......................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 2,309.00
91081..........AV53U.....................................51 g x 0.001 g with draft shield............................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,031.00
91082..........AV213U...................................210 g x 0.001 g with draft shield............................................. 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,370.00
91084..........AV212U...................................210 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg............................ 914.00
91086..........AV812U...................................810 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,115.00
91087..........AV2102U.................................2100 g x 0.01 g....................................................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,370.00
91089..........AV2101U.................................2100 g x 0.1 g......................................................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg............................ 919.00
91091..........AV8101U.................................8100 g x 0.1 g......................................................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg......................... 1,115.00
With InCal™ and USB Interface
91098..........AV64CU..................................65 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber........................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 2,415.00
91099..........AV114CU................................110 g x 0.1 mg with draft chamber......................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 2,628.00
91101..........AV213CU................................210 g x 0.001 g with draft shield............................................. 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 1,688.00
91103..........AV212CU................................210 g x 0.1 g........................................................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 1,020.00
91104..........AV412CU................................410 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 1,105.00
91106..........AV2102CU..............................2100 g x 0.01 g....................................................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 1,688.00
91108..........AV2101CU..............................2100 g x 0.1 g......................................................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg......................... 1,025.00
Legal-For-Trade
103072........AV53N.....................................51 g x 0.02 g with draft shield................................................. 15 lb/6.8 kg............................ 645.00
103073........AV212N...................................210 g x 0.1 g........................................................................... 15 lb/6.8 kg............................ 635.00
103077........AV2101N.................................2100 g x 1 g............................................................................ 15 lb/6.8 kg............................ 635.00
Legal-for-Trade with Second RS-232 Interface
103081........AV53NR..................................51 g x 0.02 g with draft shield................................................. 16 lb/7.2 kg.......................... $853.00
103082........AV212NR................................210 g x 0.1 g.......................................................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg............................ 843.00
103086........AV2101NR..............................2100 g x 1 g........................................................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg............................ 843.00
Legal-for-Trade with USB Interface
103090........AV53NU..................................51 g x 0.02 g with draft shield................................................. 16 lb/7.2 kg............................ 853.00
103091........AV212NU................................210 g x 0.1 g........................................................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg............................ 843.00
103094........AV812NU................................810 g x 0.1 g.......................................................................... 16 lb/7.2 kg............................ 921.00
103095........AV2101NU..............................2100 g x 1 g............................................................................ 16 lb/7.2 kg............................ 843.00
35263..........76288-01................................Security device....................................................................................................................... 43.00
70406..........80500525...............................Cable, IBM-PC, 9-pin............................................................................................................. 90.00
71960.........................................................Cable for PN 104767............................................................................................................. 90.00
83222..........12102320...............................AC adaptor 120V (Adventurer Pro)......................................................................................... 25.00
79958..........12103980...............................In use cover (small housing).................................................................................................... 15.00
• Fast halogen heating element provides uniform infrared heating
and durability for extended use
• Superior weighing performance with readability up to 0.001 g,
0.01% moisture
• Powerful software for simple operation
• Large backlit 128 x 64 pixel Liquid Crystal Display
(LCD) for easy viewing
• GLP/GMP compliant format when printed results are required
• RS-232 port for easy communication with printer
or computer
• Multi-language display text (English, Spanish, French)
Temperature settings:
Readability:
MB45: 45 g
MB45: 0.01%/0.001 g
MB45, 3 g sample: 0.05%
MB45, 10 g sample: 0.015%
MB35, 10 g sample: 0.05%
120 VAC, 50/60 Hz
128 x 64 pixel graphical backlit LCD display
(190.5 mm x 355.6 mm x 152.4 mm)
MB45: 1 to 120 minutes in 10 second
MB35: 1 to 120 minutes in 30 second to 60
minute increments, 1 minute increments from
60 to 120 minutes
Moisture Range:
MB45: 0.01% to 100% (0.01% to 1000%
for regain mode)
MB35: 0.05% to 100%
Heater Type:
50˚ to 104˚ F (10˚ to 40˚ C)
MB45: 50-200° x 1˚C (increments)
MB35: 50-160˚C x 5˚C (increments)
Moisture Analyzer Series
MODEL #Capacityweight
70390..........MB45......................................45 g x 0.001 g/0.01%............................................................. 14 lb/6.3 kg....................... $3,624.00
70858..........MB35......................................35 g x 0.005 g/0.05%............................................................. 14 lb/6.3 kg......................... 2,975.00
70401..........11113857...............................Temperature calibration kit.................................................................................................... 361.00
70402..........80850087...............................Pads, glass fiber, 200/box...................................................................................................... 46.00
70403..........80850086...............................Sample pans, 50/box............................................................................................................. 28.00
70404..........80850088...............................Reusable sample pans, 3/box................................................................................................ 96.00
70405..........80850085...............................In-use cover........................................................................................................................... 36.00
70406..........80500525...............................Cable, 9-pin serial extension.................................................................................................. 90.00
70408..........470004-010............................Security device..................................................................................................................... 107.00
70860..........11113873...............................Sample pan handler (MB-35 only).......................................................................................... 65.00
104770.......................................................Paper for PN104767.............................................................................................................. 35.00
ScoutTM Pro Portable Electronic Balances
• Large stainless steel weighing surface
• Large 0.6 in (15.24 mm) high contrast Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
• Below balance weighing (includes hook)
• Sealed front panel and molded spill ring
• Overload and underload indicators
• Auto shut-off (user enabled/disabled)
• Low battery indicator
• Battery or AC operation (AC adapter included)
• Span calibration mass (included on SP202, SP402,
SP401, SP601 models)
• Integral shipping lock
• Parameter lock switch
SP202/SP402
7.56 in x 8.27 in x 2.13 in
SP202, SP402: 0.01 g
SP401, SP601, SP-602, SP2001, SP4001: 0.1 g
SP6000, SP6001: 1 g
Parts counting with average piece weight
recalculation, percentage weighing, totalization,
display hold
Over Range Capacity:
Capacity ±90 d
SP202, SP401, SP402, SP602: 4.7 in (119 mm) dia
SP601, SP2001, SP4001,SP6000,
SP6001: 6.5 in x 5.5 in (152.4 mm x 175.2 mm)
SP202, SP402, SP602: ±0.01 g
SP401, SP601, SP2001, SP4001: 0.1 g
SP6000, SP6001: ±1 g
4 lb (1.8 kg)
50°F to 104°F (10°C to 40°C)
lb:oz
0.01 g
0.1 g
2000 g
1 g
Digital calibration from keypad
ScoutTM Pro Series
77654..........SP202.....................................200 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 4 lb/1.8 kg............................ $342.00
77655..........SP402.....................................400 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 4 lb/1.8 kg.............................. 478.00
103099........SP602.....................................600 g x 0.01 g......................................................................... 4 lb/1.8 kg.............................. 531.00
77656..........SP401.....................................400 g x 0.1 g........................................................................... 4 lb/1.8 kg.............................. 189.00
77658..........SP2001...................................2,000 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 4 lb/1.8 kg.............................. 342.00
103100........SP6001...................................6,000 g x 0.1 g....................................................................... 4 lb/1.8 kg.............................. 531.00
70422..........77256-01................................Hard shell carrying case......................................................................................................... 59.00
77710..........71147376...............................RS-232 interface with integrated cable................................................................................... 85.00
77711..........71147377...............................USB interface with integrated cable........................................................................................ 85.00
83222..........12102320...............................115 VAC adapter.................................................................................................................... 25.00
Now inclu graded!
and SS plaes AC adapter
on all CS rm cover
Compact Scale Portable Electronic Scales
• Superior RF protection
• Reliable, stable results
• Approvals include CE listed and FCC Class B Part 15 operation
• Large removable stainless steel weighing platform
• Low profile design
• Standard AC adapter
• Easy operation
• Auto shut-off feature
• Overload protection
• Push-button calibration
Operating Temperature: (Optimum)
CS200: 200 g
CS2000, CS2000P: 2000 g
65°F to 77°F (18°C to 25°C) at 10% to 80%
relative humidity, non-condensing
Three AA alkaline batteries (included)
or AC adapter (included)
CS200, CS200P: 0.1 g;
CS2000, CS2000P: 1 g;
CS200: 0.1 g
CS2000, CS2000P: 1 g
8.0 in x 5.5 in x 1.5 in (20.3 cm x 14.0 cm x 3.8 cm)
LCD 0.43 in (11 mm)
Zero Range:
CS200: ±0.1 g
CS2000, CS2000P: ±1 g
User calibration for keypad
5.75 in (146.05 mm) dia
Auto Shut-off:
5 minutes no activity (battery operation only)
g, lb:oz, Newton
53493..........CS200.....................................200 g x 0.1 g, 0 lb; 7.05 oz x 0.01 oz....................................... 2 lb/0.9 kg............................ $102.00
53494..........CS2000...................................2,000 g x 1 g, 4 lb; 6.55 oz x 0.05 oz....................................... 2 lb/0.9 kg.............................. 102.00
53495..........CS5000...................................5,000 g x 2 g, 11 lb; 0.4 oz x 0.1 oz......................................... 2 lb/0.9 kg.............................. 118.00
53496..........CS2000P*...............................Postal 2000 g x 1 g, 4 lb; 6.55 oz x 0.05 oz . ........................... 2 lb/0.9 kg.............................. 107.00
53497..........CS5000P*...............................Postal 5000 g x 2 g, 11 lb; 0.4 oz x 0.1 oz................................ 2 lb/0.9 kg.............................. 123.00
83225..........CS200P..................................Postal, 200 g x 0.1 g/0 lb, 7 oz x 0.01 oz.................................. 2 lb/0.9 kg.............................. 107.00
91710..........CS2000PS..............................Postal, 2,000 g x 1 g with gs letter holder................................ 2 lb/0.9 kg.............................. 107.00
* U.S. Postal chart included
33423..........90524-66................................AC adapter for CS models (current)........................................................................................ 27.00
70430..........80500457...............................AC adapter for CS models (older)........................................................................................... 27.00
70434..........80850075...............................Bowl, 1050 mL....................................................................................................................... 22.00
70435..........80850076...............................Stainless steel weighing pan cover......................................................................................... 25.00
70436..........80850097...............................Additional U.S. postal chart.................................................................................................... 11.00
Compact Portable Series
CL Compact Series
• Basic weighing with simple 2-button keypad
• Large weighing platform
• Stackable design with integrated shipping lock
• Mechanical and software overload protection
• External push-button calibration
• Battery (standard) or AC adapter (optional) operation
CL201: 200 g
CL2000: 2000 g
CL201: 0.1 g
CL2000; CL5000: 1 g
65º-77ºF (18º-25ºC)
3 AA batteries (included) AC adapter (optional)
CL201: +/- 0.1 g
CL2000; CL5000: +/- 1 g
5.5 in x 7.9 in x 1.6 in (14 cm x 20 cm x 4.0 cm)
g, lb:oz, ozt, dwt
4.75 in (12.0 cm) dia
LCD 0.5 in (1.2 cm)
0.875 lb/0.4 kg
103101........CL201.....................................200 g x 0.1 g........................................................................... 2 lb........................................ $63.00
103102........CL2000...................................2000 g x 1 g............................................................................ 2 lb.......................................... 83.00
103103........C5000.....................................5000 g x 1 g............................................................................ 2 lb.......................................... 83.00
70434..........80859975...............................Bowl for CS compact scales (1050 ml)................................................................................... 22.00
33423..........90524-66................................AC adapter for CL.................................................................................................................. 27.00
103521........80010624...............................Carrying case for CS and CL scales....................................................................................... 28.00
Hand-Held Series
• Weighing modes: g (HH120D); g, oz, dwt, ozt (HH120, HH320)
• Large 0.4 in (10.16 mm) high contrast backlit Liquid
Crystal Display (LCD)
• Auto shut-off
• Protective snap on cover
• Rugged plastic construction HH120 & HH320 additional features
• Button activated luminescent display and soft tactile feedback
keypad and protective cover
HH120D: 60/120 g
HH120: 120 g
HH120D: 0.1/0.2 g
HH120: 0.1 g
3.25 in x 5.35 in x 0.8 in (8.5 cm x 13.6 cm x 2 cm)
Maximum Overload:
64°F to 77°F (18°C to 25°C)
Two "AAA" alkaline batteries (included)
HH120D: 0-60 g: ±0.1; 60-120 g: ±0.2 g
HH120: ±0.1 g
Auto calibration from keypad (HH120; HH320)
Factory preset (HH120D)
150% of capacity
3.25 in x 3.2 in (82.55 mm x 76.2 mm)
LCD 0.4 in (11 mm)
Net Weight (Approx):
.34 lb (.16 kg)
Two minutes no activity
• Smaller size than most pocket scales allows a comfortable
fit in your pocket
• Clamshell case designs protects scale during transport
• g, oz, ct and grain weighing modes
• Bright blue backlit LCD display
100 g to 500 g
YA Pocket Series
52541..........HH120D..................................0-60 g x 0.1 g; 60-120 g x 0.2 g............................................ 2 lb...................................... $102.00
64055..........HH120....................................120 g x 0.1 g......................................................................... 2 lb........................................ 118.00
92805..........80850020...............................Protective snap on cover........................................................................................................ 11.00
103106........YA102.....................................100 g x 0.01 g..................................................................................................................... $63.00
103107........YA302.....................................300 g x 0.05 g....................................................................................................................... 53.00
103108........YA501.....................................500 g x 0.1 g......................................................................................................................... 37.00
33455..........5076-00..................................Aluminum scoop, 1.5 in x 2 in (3.8 cm x 5.1 cm), weight 4 g.................................................. 12.00
33456..........5077-00..................................Gold scoop, 2.25 in x 3 in (5.7 cm x 7.6 cm), weight 10 g...................................................... 11.00
33454..........4590-30..................................Black scoop, aluminum 4 in x 3.5 in (10.2 cm x 8.9 cm), weight 24 g..................................... 14.00
Triple Pro Beam Balances
Triple Pro Beam
w/Attachment Weight
TP26II
• Notched and tiered beams for ease-in reading
• Positive poise positioning for repeatability
• Magnetically damped
• Zero adjust compensator
• Choice of five weighing platforms: stainless steel pan,
polypropylene scoop, stainless steel scoop, aluminum animal box,
• Optional tare beam vernier dial
1610-00, 1650-00, 710-00, 710-T0, 720-00,
730-00, 750-S0, 760-00: 610 g/2610 g
1650-W0, 750-SW: 2610 g
TP 2611-2610S (with attachment weigh set)
730-00, 750-S0, 760-00: 0.1 g/0.1 g
1650-W0, 750-SW: 0.1 g
Pan Size (Stainless Steel):
Plate Size (Stainless Steel):
225 g (710-T0, 760-00, 1610-00,
1650-00, 1650-W0 models)
6.0 in (152.4 mm) dia x 0.8 in (20.32 mm) dia
TP2611-5.8 in x 5.8 in (147 mm x 147 mm)
6.0 in (152.4 mm) dia
Triple Beam
Front beam: 10 g x 0.1 g
Middle beam: 500 g x 100 g
Rear beam: 100 g x 10 g
Harvard Trip Balance Balances
• Highly versatile, rugged and accurate
• Two-pan design ideal for comparative weighing
• Built-in sliding masses
• Roberval principle
• Magnetic damping
• Comparative weighing
1450-SD: 2000 g
1450-SD: 0.1 g
Beam Calibration:
1450-SD: 10 x 0.1 g
Top Beam Calibration:
1550-SD: 10 x 0.1 lb
Bottom Beam Calibration:
1550-SD: 200 x 10 g
Platform Construction:
Shipping Dimensions (W x D x H):
15 in x 9 in x 11 in (38.1 cm x 22.9 cm x 28 cm)
Master Carton Quantity:
Master Carton Shipping Dimensions
(W x D x H):
25 in x 18 in x 22 in (63.5 cm x 45.8 cm x 55.9 cm)
6 in (15.2 cm) dia
Triple Beam Balance
33350..........710-00.......................... 610 g x 0.1 g, stainless steel pan...................................................... 8 lb/3.6 kg............................ $176.00
33351..........710-TO......................... 610 g x 0.1 g, stainless steel pan, tare.............................................. 8 lb/3.6 kg ............................. 209.00
33352..........720-00.......................... 610 g x 0.1 g, polypropylene scoop.................................................. 8 lb/3.6 kg.............................. 195.00
33355..........750-SO......................... 610 g x 0.1 g, stainless steel plate.................................................... 8 lb/3.6 kg.............................. 155.00
33357..........760-00.......................... 610 g x 0.1 g, stainless steel plate, tare............................................ 8 lb/3.6 kg.............................. 189.00
33353..........720-S0.......................... 610 g x 0.1 g/2610 g x 0.1 g with stainless steel scoop.................... 8 lb/3.6 kg.............................. 227.00
33354..........730-00.......................... 610 g/2,610 g x 0.1/0.1 g with aluminum weigh boat........................ 8 lb/3.6 kg.............................. 253.00
33361..........1650-00........................ 610 g x 0.1 g, stainless steel plate, tare............................................ 8 lb/3.6 kg.............................. 225.00
33362..........1650-WO...................... 2610 g x 0.1 g, stainless steel plate, tare with attachment weights.... 8 lb/3.6 kg.............................. 249.00
33360..........1610-00........................ 16010 g x 0.1 g dial-o-gram............................................................. 8 lb/3.6 kg.............................. 249.00
103109........TP2611......................... 2610 g x 0.1 g with attachment weights, rod & clamp.................................................................... 169.00
Triple Beam only
33417..........183-00.......................... Rod & clamp assembly.................................................................................................................... 32.00
33446..........703-00.......................... Polypropylene scoop, 12 in x 6 in x 2.75 in (304 mm x 152 mm x 70 mm).......................................... 23.00
footed and counterweighted for balance with out tare
33447..........703-S0.......................... Stainless steel scoop, 12 in x 6 in x 2.75 in (304 mm x 152 mm x 70 mm).......................................... 59.00
33448..........704-00.......................... Polypropylene Maxi-Scoop®, 10 in (254 mm) dia. x 2.5 in (70 mm) . .................................................. 25.00
D with pouring spout and counterweight
33463..........706-00.......................... Vinyl dust cover............................................................................................................................... 16.00
Harvard Trip Balance
33364..........1450-SD.................................Harvard Trip 2,000 g x 0.1 g, single beam; stainless steel plate............................................. 225.00
33367..........1550-SD.................................Harvard Trip 2,000 g x 0.1 g, two beam; stainless steel plate................................................ 249.00
33368..........1560-SD.................................Harvard Trip 2,000 g x 0.1 g two beam; stainless steel plate, tare......................................... 253.00
33461..........106-00....................................Vinyl dust cover for Harvard Trip Balances.............................................................................. 16.00
33417..........183-00....................................Rod and clamp assembly for Triple Beam or Harvard Trip....................................................... 32.00
Harvard Junior™ Balances
• Unique Ohaus design and quality; metal beam,
plastic base and pans
• Dual style pans (a flat weighing platform similar to the Harvard
and a bowl type pans that fits over the platform for weighing
of round objects)
• Includes storage and transportation locking mechanism
• Stackable on either platform, simply insert your storage lock
and stack the balances on a flat surface
• Built-in handle for easy carrying around the class
or from classroom to classroom
• Fun and inviting color scheme to engage young students
• Includes 8 pc metal, mass set (2-10 g, 2-35 g, 2-50 g, 2-100 g)
• Includes PreK-5 focused math/science activity guide with background information, connections to literacy and assessment
suggestions, seven activities total (one recommended for grades
PreK-K; two recommended for first and second grades; four
recommended for grades 3-5). Topics include: Introduction to the
Harvard Jr. Pan Balance, Non-Standard Units of Measure,
Standard Units of Measure, Estimation and Measurement,
Measuring Mass, Introduction to Conservation of Mass
and Demonstrating Conservation of Mass
• Zero adjust knob-provides for more accurate readings each
and every time
• 2000 g capacity X .5 g readability
• Includes manual damping mechanism to speed up the
weighing process
Three-year limited warranty
Mass Set:
Included, 8 piece metal, 370 g
•Interchangeable red pans are removable for pouring, cleaning and
•Lightweight, yet durable plastic design
•Dual pointers allow reading from both sides
•Easy to use zero adjustment
•Molded handles for portability
•Standard package includes an eight-piece mass set
•So affordable, every student can have one
Pan Dimensions (W x H):
Mass Set Configuration:
Base Dimensions (W x D x H):
5.5 in x 5.5 in (14 cm x 14 cm)
11 in x 4 in x 4.5 in (28 cm x 10 cm x 11.5 cm)
1 g (1), 2 g (2), 5 g (1), 10 g (2), 20 g (1), 50 (1)
1.0 lb (.46 kg)
School and Primer Balances
Harvard Junior™
103110........HJ2001...................................Harvard Junior Balance, 2000 g x 0.5 g, single beam, plastic plates...................................... $85.00
School and Primer
103111........SB1200...................................School balance, 2000 g x 0.5 g............................................... 5 lb/2.2 kg................................ 37.00
103112........80410-00................................Primer balance, 2000 g x 1 g.................................................. 5 lb/2.2 kg................................ 25.00
103113........241-03....................................50 g x 1 g, weight set (8 pcs), plastic case, brass, ASTM Class 6 (no certificate)*.................... 18.00
*Weights are not adjusted to a specific tolerance.
Dial-O-Gram® & Cent-O-Gram® Balances
• 0.01 g or 0.1 g sensitivity
• Equipped for specific gravity weighing
• Four-tiered notched beams
• Easy-to-read vernier dial on model 310
• See-through poise on model 311
• High precision and remarkable value
• Three-point beam eliminates need for level adjustment
• Quick-zeroing with zero adjust knob
Scoop Size (Polypropylene)
Optional (W x L x D):
6.0 in (152.4 mm) dia x 0.8 in (20.32 mm) D
Stainless Steel (removeable)
3.5 in x 0.5 in (8.9 cm x 0.7 cm)
6 in x 12 in x 2.75 in
(1152.4 mm x 304.8 mm x 69.85 mm)
33371..........310-00....................................Dial-O-Gram 310 Balance, 310 g x 0.01 g............................. 5 lb...................................... $248.00
33370..........311-00....................................Cent-O-Gram® 311 g x 0.01 g................................................ 5 lb........................................ 206.00
33420..........76912-01................................Test tube kit........................................................................................................................... 16.00
33462..........110-00....................................Vinyl dust cover...................................................................................................................... 16.00
Additional Ohaus Mechanical Balance Accessories
33414..........707-00....................................Metric attachment mass set................................................................................................... 40.00
33413..........807-03....................................Avoirdupois attachment mass set........................................................................................... 40.00
33445..........171-00....................................Analytical scoop, 2.25 in x 3 in (57 mm x 76 mm) and counterweight....................................... 16.00
33450..........1101-20..................................Polypropylene scoop, 12 in x 6 in 2.75 in (304 mm x 152 mm x 70 mm) footed, tare 125 g....... 16.00
33451..........3369-10..................................Polypropylene Maxi-Scoop®, 10 in (254 mm) dia. x 2.5 in (63 mm) D w/pouring spout............ 17.00
33454..........4590-30..................................Black scoop, aluminum, 4 in x 3.5 in (102 mm x 89 mm).......................................................... 14.00
33455..........5076-00..................................Aluminum scoop, 1.5 in x 2 in (38 mm x 51 mm)...................................................................... 12.00
33456..........5077-00..................................Gold scoop, 2.25 in x 3 in (57 mm x 76 mm)............................................................................ 11.00
Dial-O-Gram® & Cent-O-Gram®
Field Test Scale
• Affordable compact industrial scale
• Large, stabilized pan can hold oversized samples without tipping
• Readings up to 500 g are taken from a single sliding-weight beam,
while a set of slotted weights, stored in the base, can extend the
capacity up to 36 lb
2400-12: 500 g; 36 lb
2400-11: 16 kg; 1 lb
2400-12,2400-11: 5 g; 0.01 lb
11 in (27.9 cm) dia
Bottom beam: 500 x 5 g
Top beam: 1 x 0.01 lb
33380..........2400-11: 16 kg x 5 g.............................................................................................................. 12 lb/5.4 kg.......................... $788.00
33379..........2400-12: 36 lb x 0.01 lb......................................................................................................... 12 lb/5.4 kg............................ 788.00
Heavy Duty Solution Balance
• Sets an industry standard for precision in high-capacity weighing
• Durable enough to resist corrosion
• Sensitive enough to weigh with a feather's touch
• Large stainless steel platform
• Lockable tare for containers up to 2270 g
• Self-aligning bearings assure a long, maintenance-free life
20 kg
Front beam: 100 x 1 g
Rear beam: 1000 x 100 g
33378..........1119-DO............................................................................................................................... 12 lb/5.4 kg......................... 1,323.00
FD Food Portioning Scale
• Designed for food service and other industrial applications with
a focus on speed, durability and cleanliness
• All stainless steel, high-quality formed constructions for sanitary
cleaning and durability
• Checkweighing function for food packaging and preparation
• Internal rechargeable battery assures excellent portability
• Stainless steel housing and pan with non-slip rubber feet
• Checkweighing mode with 3-LED indicator and audible alarm
• Bright backlit LCD display
• Stable weight display within 2 seconds
• Multiple weighing units: lb, decimal/fractional oz, kg, g and lb
• AC power or internal rechargeable lead acid battery
• NSF-certified, USDA-AMS accepted, supports HACCP compliance
• EC/OIML type approved
Pound, decimal ounce, 3/4, 1/2 and 1/4 fractional
ounce, gram, kilogram, combined lb: oz display
(either decimal or fractional ounces)
Weighing, checkweighing
0.75 in (19 mm) high five-digit, seven-segment
backlit blue LCD display
Four-button membrane switch
Environmental Protection:
AC Power:
9 VDC 0.5 A AC wall adapter
100 -120 V AC, 50/60 Hz
14° F to 104°F/ -10° C to 40°C
Maximum 120 hours
Humidity Range:
Scale Dimensions:
9 in x 12 in x 2.8 in (300 mm x 223 mm x 71 mm)
NSF listed/Certified to NSF C-2, UL C US listed,
NTEP Class III Certified, OIML 3000 divisions
R76 Class III, EC 05-072
10 to 85% relative humidity, non-condensing
Note: NTEP and Measurement Canada 3000e approved resolution is specific only to model without the "H" suffix
102774........FD3H.....................6 lb x 0.0002 lb/3 kg x 0.0001 kg default resolution................................... 12 lb/5.8 kg.......................... $480.00
87824..........FD3........................6 lb x 0.001 lb/3 kg x 0.0005 kg default resolution..................................... 12 lb/5.8 kg............................ 436.00
6 lb x x 0.002 lb/3 kg x 0.001 kg approved resolution
102775........FD6H.....................15 lb x 0.001 lb/6 kg x 0.0002 kg default resolution.................................. 12 lb/5.8 kg............................ 480.00
87825..........FD6........................15 lb x 0.002 lb/6 kg x 0.001 kg default resolution.................................... 12 lb/5.8 kg............................ 436.00
15 lb x 0.005 lb/6 kg x 0.002 kg approved resolution
102776........FD15H...................30 lb x 0.001 lb/15 kg x 0.001 kg default resolution.................................. 12 lb/5.8 kg............................ 480.00
87826..........FD15......................30 lb x 0.001 lb/15 kg x 0.001 kg default resolution.................................. 12 lb/5.8 kg............................ 436.00
30 lb x 0.01 lb/15 kg x 0.005 kg approved resolution
103115........80251394..............Hard shell carrying case for FD................................................................................................................ 59.00
87827..........71169633..............Foot tare switch for FD............................................................................................................................ 85.00
103116........80251141..............Flat pan for FD or Valor 5000................................................................................................................... 26.00
103117........80251140..............In-use cover for FD or Valor 5000............................................................................................................ 16.00
33451..........3369-10.................Polyproplene Maxi-Scoop™ 10 in dia x 2.5 in deep (25.4 cm dia x 6.4 cm deep)........................................ 17.00
97250..........80250400..............Stainless steel sccop 11.9 in x 7.4 in x 1.7 in (30 cm x 18.7 cm x 4.3 cm).................................................. 32.00
100292........80250954..............Stainless steel scoop 17.2 in x 11 in x 3.4 in (44 cm x 28 cm x 8.5 cm)...................................................... 41.00
98020..........80500435..............AC Adaptor............................................................................................................................................. 35.00
Valor™ 5000 Compact Industrial Portion Scales
• Easy to clean smooth ABS plastic housing with stainless
• NSF/USDA-AMS certified and supports HACCP compliance
• Easy to see bright backlit 5 digit LCD
• Multiple weighing units including: kg, g, lb, oz, lb: oz
• Multiple weighing modes: static weighing, positive/zero/negative
static checkweighing
• Three bright LEDs, yellow, green, red and beeper for indication
in check weigh operation
• Fast stabilization with auto-tare
• Remote tare foot switch connection
• Integrated level bubble and adjustable feet
• Standard AC power adapter and internal lead acid rechargeable
• Five level low battery detect, (low bat warning, safe shut down)
• NTEP Certified models (3,000d): VP51P3, V51P6, V51P15, V51P30
• NSF Certified, USDA-AMS accepted, supports HACCP compliance
V51PH3: 0.0002 kg
V51PH6: 0.001 kg
V51PH15/V51PH30: 0.002 kg
V51P3: 0.0005 kg
V51P6: 0.001 kg
V51PH15: 0.002 kg
V51PH3: ±0.0002 kg
V51PH6: ±0.001 kg
V51PH15/V51PH30: ±0.002 kg
V51P3: ±0.0005 kg
V51P6: ±0.001 kg
V51P15: ±0.002 kg
g, kg, lb, oz (decimal/fractional), lb:oz
(decimal/fractional oz)
Weight Display:
5-digit 19 mm high digits, 7-segment back lit
LCD display (with fractional ounce and battery
status indicator)
9 VDC 0.5 A AC adapter, internal rechargeable
sealed lead-acid battery
-10°C to 40°C/14°F to 104°F
Plastic housing and stainless steel platform
8.8 in x 11.8 in x 5 in (223 mm x 300 mm x 10 mm)
Battery Operating Time:
Valor™ 5000
102777........V51PH3..................................6 lb x 0.0002 lb/3 kg x 0.0001 kg default resolution................. 10 lb/4.8 kg.......................... $365.00
102780........V51P3.....................................6 lb x 0.001 lb/3 kg x 0.0005 kg default resolution................... 10 lb/4.8 kg............................ 326.00
102778........V51PH6..................................15 lb x 0.001 lb/6 kg x 0.0002 kg default resolution................. 10 lb/4.8 kg............................ 365.00
102779........V51P6.....................................15 lb x 0.002 lb/6 kg x 0.001 kg default resolution................... 10 lb/4.8 kg............................ 326.00
102781........V51PH15................................30 lb x 0.001 lb/15 kg x 0.001 kg default resolution................. 10 lb/4.8 kg............................ 365.00
102783........V5P15.....................................30 lb x 0.005 lb/15 kg x 0.002 kg default resolution................. 10 lb/4.8 kg............................ 326.00
102785........V51P30...................................60 lb x 0.01 lb/30 kg x 0.005 kg default resolution................... 10 lb/4.8 kg............................ 326.00
103118........80251394...............................Hard shell carrying case for FD............................................................................................... 69.00
87827..........71169633...............................Foot tare switch for FD........................................................................................................... 85.00
103116........80251141...............................Flat pan for FD or Valor 5000.................................................................................................. 26.00
103117........80251140...............................In-use cover for FD or Valor 5000........................................................................................... 16.00
33451..........3369-10..................................Polyproplene Maxi-Scoop™ 10 in dia x 2.5 in deep (25.4 cm dia x 6.4 cm deep)...................... 17.00
97250..........80250400...............................Stainless steel sccop 11.9 in x 7.4 in x 1.7 in (30 cm x 18.7 cm x 4.3 cm)................................. 32.00
Valor™ 3000 Xtreme Compact Precision Scales
• Full 304SS housing with chemical resistant keypad
• Removable stainless steel weighing pan
• USDA approved
• Supports HACCP
• NEMA-4X/IP-65 protection rating
• Resolutions up to 20,000d
• SmarText user interface
• Standard AC Power adapter
• Convenient up-front level device
•NSF Listed
lb, decimal or fractional oz, lb:oz, fluid oz
(of water), kg, g
Simple weighing, percent weighing,
combined zero/tare, specific gravity (S)
Three mechanical switches (One left; Two right)
Digital external span calibration
Seven segment, six digit, 0.78 in (20 mm) high LCD
with white LED backlight
Display Indicators:
Auto-Zero Tracking:
Pan Size (W x L):
Three seconds or less
Off, 0.5, One or three divisions
Operating Temp/Humidity:
32ºF to 104ºF (0ºC to 40ºC) at 10% to 95% relative
humidity, non-condensing, up to 2.5 miles/4000 m
9 VDC 0.5 A AC wall adapter 100-120 V AC,
50.60 Hz (included) or four 1.5 volt "C" batteries
7.3 in x 8.5 in x 3 in (186 mm x 218 mm x 77 mm)
V31XH202: 4.7 in (120 mm) dia
V31XH2, V31X3, V31X6, V31XW301, V31XW3,
W31XW6: 6.2 in x 5.8 in (158 mm x 146 mm)
V31XH202: 2.6 lb (1.2 kg)
V31XH2, V31X3, V31X6: 2.9 lb (1.3 kg)
31XW301, V31XW3, W31XW6: 3.1 lb (1.4 kg)
Ingress Protection:
V31XW301, V31XW3, W31XW6: NEMA 4x/IP-6
V31XH202, V31XH2, V31XW301, V31XW3,
W31XW6: 50 hours with alkaline cells
V31X3, V31X6: 120 hours with alkaline cells
Center of zero, stability, over/under load, weighing
unit and battery status
Valor™ 3000 Xtreme
Non-Washdown Models
100283........V31XH202...............................200 g x 0.01 g, default resolution............................................ 10 lb/4.8 kg.......................... $436.00
100284........V31XH2...................................2 kg x 0.1 g, default resolution................................................ 10 lb/4.8 kg............................ 436.00
100285........V31X3.....................................3 kg x 1 g, default resolution................................................... 10 lb/4.8 kg............................ 304.00
IP-65/NEMA 4X Washdown Models
100287........V31XW301..............................300 X 0.1 g, default resolution................................................ 10 lb/4.8 kg............................ 360.00
100288........V31XW3..................................3 kg x 0.5 g, default resolution................................................ 10 lb/4.8 kg............................ 360.00
100289........V31XW6..................................6 kg x 1 g, default resolution................................................... 10 lb/4.8 kg............................ 360.00
102756........80251147...............................Sandwich pan, 11 in x 5.9 in (280 mm x 150 mm) for Valor Xtreme.......................................... 37.00
102757........80251148...............................French fries holder pan for Valor 3000 Xtreme........................................................................ 37.00
102758........80251149...............................Ice cream cone holder for Valor 3000 Xtreme......................................................................... 37.00
97250..........80250400...............................Stainless steel scoop 11.9 x 7.4 x 1.7 in (30 cm x 18.7 cm x 4.3 cm)...................................... 32.00
Valor™ 2000 Compact Washdown Scales
• Unsurpassed protection and durability in a variety
of harsh environments
• High profile, easy-to-clean plastic housing
• Front and rear LEDS
• Internal rechargable battery (standard)
• Removable stainless steel platform cover
• USDA-AMS accepted
• NSF listed/certified
• Supports HACCP systems
• User adjustable stability settings
• One-second response time
• SmarText interface
Approvable Readability:
Weigh Units:
Auto Zero Tracking:
Safe Overload:
Operating Temp Range:
Scale Dimensions (W x D x H):
Operating Humidity Range:
2.125 g
Kilograms, pounds, grams, ounces
<=one second
User selectable from 0.1d to 3d
32˚F to 104˚F (0˚C to 40˚C)
Two mechanical keys
2x red LED (front and rear) six digit,
seven-segment, 0.6 in (15 mm) characters
10% to 95% relative humidity non-condensing,
up to 2.5 miles/4000 m above sea level
ABS plastic housing, stainless steel pan
9.2 in x 9.8 in x 5.6 in (233 in x 249 in x 142 in)
Protection Rating:
NEMA 4x/IP-65
9 VDC 0.7 A AC adapter (included) internal
rechargeable sealed lead acid battery
Typical Battery Life:
40 hours with 12 hour recharge time
Units of measure, stability, battery charge status
102771........V21PW3..................................3 kg x 0.5 g............................................................................. 8 lb/3.4 kg............................ $304.00
102772........V21PW6..................................6 kg x 1 g................................................................................ 8 lb/3.4 kg.............................. 304.00
102773........V21PW15................................15 kg x 2 g.............................................................................. 8 lb/3.4 kg.............................. 304.00
Valor™ 1000 Compact Precision Scales
• Standard software includes applications for checkweighing,
accumlation and multiple units of measure
• Mid-profile ABS plastic housing
• Front-mounted leveling device
• Long lasting internal rechargeable battery (standard)
• Compact footprint
• Fast response time
Weigh, accumulate, checkweigh
Four mechanical switches (right)
Six-digit seven-segment LCD with blue LED
backlight, 0.8 in./20 mm in height
Center of zero, stability, net, sum, over/accept/under
check, weighing unit and battery charge status
<=three seconds
120 VAC/9 VDC 500 mA AC adapter (included)
Internal rechargeable sealed lead acid
battery (included)
10 in x 12 in x 4.3 in
9.9 in x 7.1 in (250w x 180 mm)
8.8 lb (4.0 kg)
80/100 hours (with/without backlit on) with 12-hour
recharge time
Valor 1000
102767........V11P3.....................................3 kg x 0.5 g default resolution................................................. 8.8 lb/4.0 kg......................... $166.00
102768........V11P6.....................................6 kg x 1 g default resolution.................................................... 8.8 lb/4.0 kg........................... 166.00
102769........V11P15...................................15 kg x 2 g default resolution.................................................. 8.8 lb/4.0 kg........................... 166.00
33451..........3369-10..................................Polyproplene Maxi-Scoop 10 in dia x 2.5 in deep (25.4 cm dia x 6.4 cm deep)...................... 17.00
with pouring spout, weight 145 g
Genius Ultra-Micro & Micro
• RS-232 full-duplex interface
• GLP/GMP printout protocol
• Backlit LCD display
• isoCAL calibration
• Reprotest (ME & SE series)
• SQmin (ME & SE series)
• Configured printout (ME, SE & ME36S)
• Number keys
• Alpha keys (ME & SE)
• Applications on board: counting, checkweighing, percent
weighing, unit toggle, net total, backweighing
SE Additional Features
• Motorized draft chamber with memory allows access from
front or sides; draft chamber is easily removed for cleaning or
retrieval of dropped samples; equipped with EUREKA**
• Additional applications on board: animal weighing, formulation,
statistics, calculation, timer, density determination, memory (300)
• Additional printer port; user friendly design, displays menu and
prompts in plain English
ME Additional Features
• Motorized draft chamber with memory allows access to door
from front or sides; equipped with EUREKA**
• Easily removed draft chamber for cleaning or retrieval
of dropped samples
• Additional printer port; user friendly design display menu;
ME36S Additional Features
• High capacity microbalance with a 31 g capacity
• New S.U.R.E. function for dynamic display of the uncertainty
of measurement according to the DKD Calibration Certificate
• Ideal for use as measuring and test equipment in quality
• Draft shield operation with learning function activated
by user-friendly draft shield keys
• Fully automatic draft shield system for fast adaption
to any work routine
LE26P Additional Features
• Minimum allowable sample quantity of 5 mg to 10 mg,
the LE26P fills a gap between highest-resolution microbalances
and semi-microbalances when working in accordance with USP
• The 5 g range is available over the entire weighing capacity
up to 21 g with a readability of 2 µg, so you can tare large
containers while weighing even the smallest samples
• Monolithic weigh cell: the first microbalance to use this
technology; a robust weighing system with reliable precision
• 50 mm diameter weighing pan: comfortable and confident loading
• Generously dimensioned all-glass draft shield:
opens smoothly at a wide angle; easy to clean
SE2: 2.1 g
ME5: 5.1 g
SE2-F: 2.1 g
ME5-F: 5.1 g
ME36S: 31 g
LE26P: 5 | 21 g
SE2, SE2-F: ±0.25 µg
ME5, ME5-F: ±1 µg
ME36S: ±<2 µg
LE26P: <=±4 µg
SE2, SE2-F: ±0.9 µg
ME36S: ±<10 µg
LE26P: <=±10 µg
SE2, ME5, SE2-F, ME5-F: 10 seconds
Adaptability:
User adjustable through four optimized filter levels
SE2, ME5, SE2-F, ME5-F: isoCAL; built-in
SE2, SE2-F: 0.1 µg
ME5, ME5-F, ME36S: 1 µg
LE26P: 2 | 10 µg
SE Series: 28 lb (12.7 kg)
ME Series: 28 lb (12.7 kg)
SE2, SE2-F: 0.8 in (20 mm) dia
ME5, ME5-F: 1.2 in (30 mm) dia
LE26P: 2 in (50 mm)
Calibration Weight (External):
SE2: 2 g
ME5: 5 g
SE2, ME5, SE2-F, ME5-F: RS-232C plus
dedicated printer port
*SQmin: Minimum sample quantity according to the USP.
**EUREKA: Built-in software that yields the actual value of a sample by compensating for the interference of air buoyancy due to the density of the sample.
††PICASO: Pipette calibration software for Windows®
Genius Ultra-Micro & Micro Series
79215..........SE2......................2.1 g x 0.1 µg............................................................................................. 28 lb/12.7 kg................... $22,485.00
79216..........ME5.....................5.1 g x 1 µg................................................................................................ 28 lb/12.7 kg..................... 17,850.00
83228..........SE2-F...................Filter Weighing 2.1 g x 0.1 µg (approved for 40 CFR part 86 applications)........................................... 24,325.00
83229..........ME5-F..................Filter Weighing 5.1 g x 1 µg................................................................................................................. 18,755.00
98033..........LE26P..................5/21 g x 2/10 µg.................................................................................................................................. 11,085.00
98034..........ME36S.................31 g x 1 µg.......................................................................................................................................... 14,935.00
36907..........YDP03-0CE.........Data printer with statistics and time/date functions (included cable fits RS-232)....................................... 860.00
31103..........6906937..............Paper for data printer (PN 36907), 5 pack................................................................................................. 22.00
31106..........6906918..............Replacement ribbon for data printer (PN 36907)........................................................................................ 33.00
70481..........YCP03-2..............PICASO* pipette calibration software only (Windows®)............................................................................. 875.00
31071..........YRB05Z...............Battery pack, rechargeable, external........................................................................................................ 475.00
70487..........YRD02Z...............Remote display, reflective, 3 ft (fits RS-232).............................................................................................. 355.00
70488...........YRD11Z................ Indicator, red-green-red, for over/under checkweighing and checkweighing software, 9 ft (fits RS-232)......... 455.00
31117..........IDAC-97...............Digital-to-analog converter (fits RS-232).................................................................................................. 890.00
70489..........QLC-97................Quad limit controller (fits RS-232).......................................................................................................... 1,075.00
46529..........YFS01..................Foot switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR, or toggle key (set up in menu)....... 280.00
70490..........YHS02.................Hand switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CF, or toggle key (setup in menu)......... 305.00
32637..........LD2......................Locking device, anti-theft........................................................................................................................... 55.00
31121..........YPE01RC.............Foot switch with T-connector, open/close door, tare, print (SE & ME only)................................................ 230.00
50232..........6971413..............Power Supply, 110V.................................................................................................................................. 80.00
* PICASO: pipette calibration software for Windows®
Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
ME Semi-Micro Series Standard Features
• SQmin*
• Reprotest
• Two RS-232 full-duplex interfaces to allow greater flexibility
• GLP/GMP print out protocol
• Configured print out
• Backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)
• User-friendly design displays menu and prompts in plain English
• Number and alpha keys
• Monolithic weighing cell for fast, accurate results
• FAST** motorized draft shield system 7.6 in x 7.2 in x 11.5 in
• NICE† static electricity eliminator
• Additional printer port
• Equipped with EUREKA ††
• Applications on board: counting, checkweighing, percent weighing,
unit toggle, animal weighing, net-total, formulation, statistics, calculation, timer, backweighing, density determination, memory (300)
ME235P-SD Additional Features
• Short draft shield for pipette calibration or for use
in automated systems
• Upper draft shield element with 2.36 in (60 mm)
diameter opening and lid
ME235S: 230 g
ME235P, ME235P-SD: 60/110/230 g
ME235S: 0.01 mg
ME235P, ME235P-SD: 0.01/0.02/0.05 mg
ME414S, ME254S, ME614S: 0.1 mg
ME235S: ±0.015 mg (up to 60 g),
±0.025 mg (60 g to 230 g)
ME235P, ME235P-SD: ±0.015 mg (up to 60 g),
±0.04 mg (60 g to 230 g)
ME254S: ±0.07 mg
ME414S: ±0.1 mg
ME235P: ±0.15 mg
ME235P-SD: ±0.15 mg
Less than or equal to eight seconds
1 ppm/°C
isoCAL
Calibration Weight:
ME254S, ME235S, ME235P, ME235P-SD: 200 g
**FAST: Fully Automatic by Soft Touch. Draft shield system with fully automatic operation by the touch of a key.
†NICE: Neutralization by Ionic Charge Elimination. Done easily by the touch of a key.
††EUREKA: Built-in software that yields the actual value of a sample by compensating for the interference of air buoyancy due to the density of the sample.
ME Semi-Micro Analytical Series
79217..........ME235S.................. 230 g x 0.01 mg..................................................................................... 40 lb/18.1 kg................... $10,245.00
79218..........ME235P.................. 60/110/230 g x 0.01/0.02/0.05 mg........................................................ 40 lb/18.1 kg....................... 8,955.00
79219..........ME235P-SD............ 60/110/230 g x 0.01/0.02/0.05 mg........................................................ 40 lb/18.1 kg....................... 9,445.00
66498..........ME254S.................. 250 g x 0.1 mg....................................................................................... 40 lb/18.1 kg....................... 7,200.00
36907..........YDP03-0CE............ Data printer with statistics and time/date functions (included cable fits RS-232)................................... 860.00
31103..........6906937................. Paper for data printer (PN 36907), five pack........................................................................................... 22.00
31106..........6906918................. Replacement ribbon for data printer (PN 36907).................................................................................... 33.00
70481..........YCP03-2................. PICASO†† pipette calibration software only (Windows®)...................................................................... 875.00
31071..........YRB05Z.................. Battery pack, rechargeable, external.................................................................................................... 475.00
70487..........YRD02Z.................. Remote display, reflective, 3 ft (fits RS-232).......................................................................................... 355.00
70488........... YRD11Z.................... Indicator, red-green-red, for over/under checkweighing and checkweighing software, 9 ft (fits RS-232)....... 455.00
31117..........IDAC-97.................. Digital-to-analog converter (fits RS-232)............................................................................................... 890.00
70489..........QLC-97................... Quad limit controller (fits RS-232)...................................................................................................... 1,075.00
46529..........YFS01..................... Foot switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR, or toggle key (set up in menu)... 280.00
70490..........YHS02.................... Hand switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare,cal, F, CF, or toggle key (setup in menu)....... 305.00
32637..........LD2......................... Locking device, anti-theft....................................................................................................................... 55.00
31121..........YPE01RC................ Foot switch with T-connector, open/close door, tare, print.................................................................... 230.00
31082..........YDK01.................... Density kit (does not include software)................................................................................................. 565.00
Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation
Extend Series Analytical/Precision Balances
• Fast cleaning and rugged design
• User-friendly operation
• Backlit and high-contrast display
• Convenient level indicator
• RS-232 interface standard
• Applications on board: counting, percent weighing, animal
weighing, density determination, calculation, unit toggle
(up to five units)
• Draft shield design provides optimal visibility
• Optional adapter cable enables you to connect a device, such as a
computer, the USB interface port
• Icons tell you at a glance which applications you have selected,
such as weigh averaging/dynamic animal weighing, net-total
formulation or counting
• Hanger for below-balance weighing is easy to access
weighing, density determination, calculating unit toggle
• Standard version without internal calibration, CW version includes
internal calibration
Analytical: 0.0001 g
Precision: ED153, ED153-CW, ED323S,
ED323S-CW, ED423S, ED423S-CW, ED623S,
ED623S-CW: 0.001 g
ED822, ED822-CW, ED2202S, ED2202S-CW,
ED3202S, ED3202S-CW, ED4202S,
ED4202S-CW, ED6202S, ED6202S-CW: 0.01 g
ED2201, ED2201-CW, ED5201, ED5201-CW,
ED8201, ED8201-CW: 0.1 g
Analytical: 0.0002
ED323S-CW, ED423S, ED4223S-CW, ED623S,
< ±2 x 10-6 ppm/˚C
Weighing Technology:
Monolithic Weigh Cell
Analytical: 2.5 seconds
Precision: ED153, ED153-CW: 1.3 seconds
ED323S, ED323S-CW, ED423S,
ED423S-CW, ED623S, ED623S-CW, ED822,
ED822-CW,ED2201, ED2201-CW, ED5201,
ED5201-CW, ED8201, ED8201-CW: 1 second
ED2202S, ED2202S-CW, ED4202S, ED4202S-CW,
ED6202S, ED3202S-CW: 1.1 seconds
Extend Series
Pan sizeweight
92839..........ED224S..................................220 g x 0.1 mg.............................3.5 in/90 mm..................................... 12 lb/5.4 kg ......... $2,800.00
92840..........ED124S..................................120 g x 0.1 mg.............................3.5 in/90 mm..................................... 12 lb/5.4 kg............ 2,420.00
92841..........ED153.....................................150 g x 0.001 g............................4.5 in/115 mm................................... 11 lb/4.9 kg............ 1,210.00
92842..........ED153-CW..............................150 g x 0.001 g............................4.5 in/115 mm................................... 11 lb/4.9 kg............ 1,485.00
92843..........ED323S..................................320 g x 0.001 g ..........................4.5 in/115 mm................................... 12 lb/5.4 kg............ 1,340.00
92844..........ED323S-CW...........................320 g x 0.001 g............................4.5 in/115 mm................................... 12 lb/5.4 kg............ 1,650.00
92845..........ED423S..................................420 g x 0.001 g............................4.5 in/115 mm................................... 12 lb/5.4 kg............ 1,790.00
92849..........ED822.....................................820 g x 0.01 g..............................5.9 in/150 mm................................... 12 lb/5.4 kg............ 1,135.00
92850..........ED822-CW..............................820 g x 0.01 g..............................5.9 in/150 mm................................... 9 lb/4.0 kg.............. 1,440.00
92851..........ED2202S................................2,200 g x 0.01 g...........................7.1 in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm)..... 9 lb/4.0 kg.............. 1,300.00
92852..........ED2202S-CW.........................2,200 g x 0.01 g...........................7.1 in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm)..... 12 lb/5.4 kg............ 1,605.00
92853..........ED3202S................................3,200 g x 0.01 g...........................7.1 in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm)..... 12 lb/5.4 kg............ 1,350.00
92859..........ED2201...................................2,200 g x 0.1 g.............................7.1 in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm)..... 11 lb/4.9 kg............ 1,145.00
92860..........ED2201-CW............................2,200 g x 0.1 g.............................7.1 in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm)..... 11 lb/4.9 kg............ 1,450.00
92864 .........ED8201-CW............................8,200 g x 0.1 g.............................7.1 in x 7.1 in (180 mm x 180 mm)..... 11 lb/4.9 kg............ 1,640.00
36907..........YDP03-0CE............................Data printer with date, time and statistics functions.............................................................. 860.00
98037..........YSC01L..................................Data transfer software SartoConnect with RS-232C (1.5 m).................................................. 575.00
98038..........YCC01-USM2.........................Cable (1.8 m) for connecting a Sartorius laboratory balance with a RS-232C.......................... 80.00
interface port to a 25-contact D-sub female connector or a PC with a USB port
50232..........6971413.................................Power Supply, 110V............................................................................................................... 80.00
CPA Series Micro & Analytical Balances
• All models have built-in internal calibration weights
• Automatic calibration at present time or temperature intervals
• RS-232C bi-directional interface port on all models
• High-contrast, blue backlit display
• 29 models available, from microbalances to 34 kg high capacity
• Monolithic weigh cell provides stability and fast response
ISO/GLP compliant recording
Weighing Chamber Height:
CPA 10035, P-240 mm
CPA 26P, CPA 2250: 7.6 kg
CAP 3245, CPA 2245, CPA 1245, CPA 64: 6.5 kg
CPA 64-WDS: 4.1 kg
CPA 10035, CPA 1003P: 6.5 kg
CPA 6235, CPA 4235/DS, CAP 3235,
CPA 223S: 4.6 kg
CPA 6202S, CPA 6202P: 4.7 kg
CPA 42025, CPA 32025, CPA 22025,
CPA 22025-05: 4.7/6 kg
Grams, Carats, Pounds, Ounces, Troy Ounces,
Hong Kong Taels, Chinese Taels, Singapore
Taels, Taiwanese Taels, Grains, Pennyweights,
milligrams, Austrian Carats, Tola, Bkt, Mesghal
10º C - 30ºC (50º F - 86ºF)
CPA Micro & Analytical Series
105570.........CPA26P.........................5/21 g x 2/10 µg........................................... 2.0 in/50 mm.............................................22 lb/10 kg... $11,085.00
105568.........CPA2P...........................0.5/1 g x 0.001/0.002/0.005 mg.................. 0.8 in/20 mm.............................................23 lb/10.4 kg.. 12,975.00
105569.........CPA2P-F.......................0.5/1 g x 0.001/0.002/0.005 mg.................. 4.9 mm/125 mm.......................................23 lb/10.4 kg.. 14,060.00
Semi-Micro with Monolithic Weighing System
105571.........CPA225D......................100/200 g x 0.01 mg.................................... 3.1 in/80 mm.............................................22.4 lb/10.1 kg. 4,820.00
Balances with Monolithic Weighing System
105575.........CPA64...........................64 g x 0.1 mg............................................... 3.1 in/80 mm.............................................20.9 lb/9.4 kg... 2,385.00
105574.........CPA124S.......................120 g x 0.1 mg............................................. 3.1 in/80 mm.............................................20.9 lb/9.4 kg... 2,855.00
Toploading
105580.........CPA223S.......................220 g x 0.001 g............................................ 4.3 in/110mm...........................................15 lb/6.8 kg...... 1,750.00
105576.........CPA1003S.....................1010 g x 0.001 g.......................................... 4.3 in/110mm...........................................15 lb/6.8 kg...... 3,950.00
105581.........CPA1003P.....................500/1010 g x 0.001/0.01 g.......................... 4.3 in/110mm...........................................15 lb/6.8 kg...... 3,500.00
105586.........CPA2202S.....................2200 g x 0.01 g............................................ 7.9 in x 8.6 in (200 mm x 218 mm).............14 lb/6.3 kg...... 1,850.00
105587.........CPA2202S-DS..............2200 g x 0.01 g............................................ 5.1 in/130 mm...........................................14 lb/6.3 kg...... 3,425.00
105588.........CPA6202P.....................1500/3000/6200 g x 0.01/ 0.02/ 0.05 g....... 7.9 in x 8.6 in (200 mm x 218 mm).............14 lb/6.3 kg...... 2,500.00
105591.........CPA5201.......................5200 g x 0.1 g.............................................. 7.9 in x 8.6 in (200 mm x 218 mm).............14 lb/6.3 kg...... 1,900.00
105589.........CPA10001.....................10000 g x 0.1 g............................................ 7.9 in x 8.6 in (200 mm x 218 mm).............14 lb/6.3 kg...... 2,320.00
105594.........CPA12001S...................12000 g x 0.1 g............................................ 11.7 in x 15.6 in (297 mm x 396 mm).........46 lb/20.8 kg.... 2,835.00
105593.........CPA16001S...................16000 g x0.1 g............................................. 11.7 in x 15.6 in (297 mm x 396 mm).........46 lb/20.8 kg.... 3.350.00
105595.........CPA34001P...................8000/16000/34000 g x 0.1/0.2/0.5 g........... 11.7 in x 15.6 in (297 mm x 396 mm).........46 lb/20.8 kg.... 3,650.00
105596.........CPA34000.....................34000 g x 0.1 g............................................ 11.7 in x 15.6 in (297 mm x 396 mm).........46 lb/20.8 kg.... 3,265.00
36907..............................................Data printers YDP03-0CE............................................................................................................... 860.00
98038..............................................Printer cable...................................................................................................................................... 80.00
31104..............................................Paper, printer 5 rls/pk........................................................................................................................ 20.00
LA Reference Series Analytical Balances
• Reprotest (internal reproducibility test)
• GLP/GMP print out
• Backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD), includes 1.8 ft of remote cable
• Monolithic weighing cell for extremely fast, accurate results
• Draft chamber 7.6 in x 8.1 in x 10.9 in (193 mm x 205 mm x 276 mm)
•Multiple application programs
•Density determination on-board
•Time controlled functions
•Statistical calculation on-board
LA120S: 120 g
LA230P: 60/120/230 g
LA130S-F: 150 g
LA120S, LA230S, LA310S, LA130S-F: 0.1 mg
LA230P: 0.1/0.2/0.5 mg
LA120S, LA230S: ≤±0.1 mg
LA230P: ≤±0.1/0.2/0.5 mg
LA310S, LA130S-F: ≤±0.2 mg
LA120S, LA230S, LA130S-F: ≤±0.2 mg
LA310S: ≤±0.3 mg
Two seconds
≤ ±1 x 10-6 ppm/°C (10°C and 30°C)
LA130S-F: 8.2 in x 10.4 in (208 mm x 264 mm)
LA230S, LA230P, LA310S: 200 g
LA Reference Series
49755..........LA120S...........................120 g x 0.1 mg................................................................................ 28 lb/12.7 kg..................... $4,040.00
49751..........LA230S...........................230 g x 0.1 mg................................................................................ 28 lb/12.7 kg....................... 4,635.00
49752..........LA230P...........................60/120/230 g x 0.1/0.2/0.5 mg....................................................... 28 lb/12.7 kg....................... 3,950.00
70538..........LA130S-F........................150 g x 0.1 mg................................................................................ 28 lb/12.7 kg....................... 6,540.00
36907..........YDP03-0CE....................Data Printer with statistics and time/date functions (included cable fits RS-232)........................... 860.00
31103..........6906937.........................Paper for data printer (PN 36907), five pack................................................................................... 22.00
31106..........6906918.........................Replacement ribbon for data printer (PN 36907)............................................................................. 33.00
32636..........YRB06Z..........................Battery pack, rechargeable, external............................................................................................ 510.00
70500..........6971886.........................220 VAC power supply................................................................................................................... 89.00
102077........6971961.........................110 VAC power supply (PN 102078 power cord)........................................................................... 71.00
70488..........YRD11Z..........................Indicator, red-green-red, for over/under checkweighing, fits RS-232 and...................................... 455.00
checkweighing software, 9 ft
31117..........IDAC-97..........................Digital-to-analog converter (fits RS-232)....................................................................................... 890.00
70489..........QLC-97...........................Quad limit controller (fits RS-232).............................................................................................. 1,075.00
46529..........YFS01.............................Foot switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal,............................................... 280.00
F, CFR, or toggle key (set up in menu)
70490..........YHS02............................Hand switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal,.............................................. 305.00
F, CFR, or toggle key (setup in menu)
70502..........YDS01TU........................Plexiglass balance enclosure, w/anti-static coating 15.5 in W x 16 in D x 18 in H........................... 245.00
70503..........YWP01LA.......................Weighing pan, for electrostatically charged samples..................................................................... 140.00
70504..........6960LP03.......................Dust cover, for display.................................................................................................................... 42.00
32637..........LD2.................................Locking device, anti-theft............................................................................................................... 55.00
31082..........YDK01............................Density kit (does not include software).......................................................................................... 565.00
102078........6900901.........................Power cord.................................................................................................................................... 40.00
LA Reference Series Toploading Balances
• IP54 rating
• Backlit Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)*
• Below balance weighing**
• Applications on board: counting, checkweighing, percent,
unit toggle, preset tare, animal weighing, net total, formulation,
statistics, calculations, timer, differential weighing, density
determination, memory (300)
* Cable length from balance to display is 1.8 ft for balances with capacities
≤ 12 kg and 2.6 ft for all others
**Below balance weighing is a standard feature on models
with capacities ≤ 12 kg. For all other capacities, accessory PN 83243 is required
LA2000P. LA5200D: ±1 | 10
LA220S, LA620S, LA1200S: ± 0.001 g
LA620P: ±0.001/0.002/0.005 g
LA3200D: ±0.001/0.01 g
LA420, LA820, LA2200S, LA4200S, LA6200S,
LA8200S, : ±0.01 g
LA2200P, LA8200P: ±0.01/0.01/0.03 g
LA5200P: ±0.01/0.02/0.05/0.05 g
LA2200, LA4200, LA6200,
LA12000S, LA16001S: ±0.05 g
LA12000P: ±0.1/0.2/0.3 g
LA64001S, LA34001S: 0.1 g
LA34000: ±0.5 g
LA34001P: ±0.05/0.05/0.1 g
LA2000P, LA5200D: ±2 | 10
LA220S, LA620S, LA1200S: ±0.002 g
LA420, LA820: ±0.01 g
LA2200S, LA4200S, LA6200S, LA8200S: ±0.02 g
LA5200P: ±0.02/0.02/0.05/0.1 g
LA2200, LA4200, LA6200, LA12000S: ±0.1 g
LA16001S, LA34001P: ±0.2 g
LA34001S: ±0.2 g
LA16001S, LA34000: ≤ 1 second
LA220S, LA420: 200 g
LA620P, LA620S, LA820: 500 g
LA1200S, LA3200D: 1000 g
LA2200P, LA2200S, LA4200S, LA5200P,
LA2200, LA4200, LA6200: 2000 g
LA6200S, LA8200S, LA8200P, LA12000P,
LA12000S: 5000 g
LA16001S, LA34001S, LA34001P, LA64001S,
LA3400: 10,000 g
Sensitivity Drift (+10 ... +30˚ C):
2 10-6 except:
LA64001S: 3 10-6
LA12000S, LA6200, LA4200, LA2200,
LA12000P: 4 10-6
LA2000P, LA5200D, LA220S, LA620P, LA620S,
LA1200S, LA3200D: 5.1 in (130 mm) dia
LA420, LA820, LA2200P, LA2200S, LA4200S,
LA2200, LA4200, LA6200, LA12000P,
LA12000S: 8.6 in x 7.9 in (218 mm x 200 mm)
LA34000: 15.7 in x 11.8 in (400 mm x 300 mm)
43551..........LA220S................ 220 g x 0.001 g......................................................................................... 24 lb/10.8 kg..................... $3,845.00
43552..........LA620P................ 120/240/620 g x 0.001/0.002/0.005 g...................................................... 24 lb/10.8 kg....................... 3,940.00
43553..........LA620S................ 620 g x 0.001 g......................................................................................... 24 lb/10.8 kg....................... 4,585.00
43554..........LA1200S.............. 1,200 g x 0.001 g...................................................................................... 24 lb/10.8 kg....................... 5,495.00
43555..........LA3200D.............. 1,000/3,200 g x 0.001/0.01 g.................................................................... 24 lb/10.8 kg....................... 5,630.00
43556..........LA420.................. 420 g x 0.01 g........................................................................................... 22 lb/10.0 kg....................... 3,100.00
43558..........LA2200P.............. 400/800/2,200 g x 0.01/0.02/0.05 g......................................................... 22 lb/10.0 kg....................... 3,625.00
43559..........LA2200S.............. 2,200 g x 0.01 g........................................................................................ 22 lb/10.0 kg....................... 4,040.00
51337..........LA5200P.............. 1,200/2,400/3,600/5,200 g x 0.01/0.02/0.05/0.1 g................................... 22 lb/10.0 kg....................... 3,900.00
98039..........LA2000P.............. 1,010|2,000 g........................................................................................... 22 lb/10.0 kg....................... 5,545.00
64103..........LA8200P.............. 2,000/4,000/8,200 g x 0.01/0.02/0.05 g................................................... 22 lb/10.0 kg....................... 4,295.00
98040..........LA5200D.............. 1,010|5,200 g........................................................................................... 22 lb/10.0 kg....................... 6,000.00
43562..........LA2200................ 2,200 g x 0.1 g.......................................................................................... 22 lb/10.0 kg....................... 2,850.00
43566..........LA12000P............ 3,000/6,000/12,000 g x 0.1/0.2/0.5 g....................................................... 22 lb/10.0 kg....................... 4,200.00
43565..........LA12000S............ 12,000 g x 0.1 g........................................................................................ 22 lb/10.0 kg....................... 4,355.00
70526..........LA160001S.......... 16,000 g x 0.1 g........................................................................................ 42 lb/19.0 kg....................... 5,140.00
70527..........LA34001P............ 8,000/16000/34000 g x 0.1/0.2/0.5 g....................................................... 42 lb/19.0 kg....................... 5,130.00
70528..........LA34000.............. 34,000 g x 1 g........................................................................................... 42 lb/19.0 kg....................... 4,350.00
36907..........YDP03-0CE......... Data printer with statistics and time/date functions (included cable fits RS-232)...................................... 860.00
31103..........6906937.............. Paper for data printer (PN 36907), five pack............................................................................................. 22.00
31106..........6906918.............. Replacement ribbon for data printer (PN 36907)....................................................................................... 33.00
32636..........YRB06Z............... Battery pack, rechargeable, external....................................................................................................... 510.00
70500..........6971886.............. 220 VAC power supply............................................................................................................................. 89.00
102077........6971961.............. 110 VAC power supply............................................................................................................................. 71.00
70487..........YRD02Z............... Remote display, reflective, 3 ft (fits RS-232)*............................................................................................ 355.00
70488..........YRD11Z............... Indicator, red-green-red, for over/under checkweighing, fits RS-232 and checkweighing software, 9 ft.......... 455.00
31117..........IDAC-97............... Digital-to-analog converter (fits RS-232).................................................................................................. 890.00
70489..........QLC-97................ Quad limit controller (fits RS-232)......................................................................................................... 1,075.00
46529..........YFS01.................. Foot switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR, or toggle key (set up in menu)...... 280.00
70490..........YHS02................. Hand switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal, F, CFR, or toggle key (setup in menu)...... 305.00
70519..........641211................ Weighing bowl (240 g), 1000 mL, chrome-nickel-steel, 7 in dia, 2.8 in (H)................................................. 145.00
32637..........LD2...................... Locking device, anti theft.......................................................................................................................... 55.00
70522..........6960LP02............ Dust cover, one-piece (all models except LA220S, LA620P, LA620S, LA1200S, LA3200D,...................... 57.00
and LA devices with nominal capacity ≥ 12000 grams)
LA220S, LA620P, LA620S, LA1200S, LA3200D models only
70521..........6960LP01............ Dust cover, one-piece............................................................................................................................. $65.00
43549..........YDK01LP............. Density kit (does not include software).................................................................................................... 505.00
43548..........YDS01LP............. Square draft chamber (W x D x H) 7.5 in x 8.2 in x 11 in (190 mm x 208 mm x 279 mm)........................... 505.00
LA models with nominal capacity ≤ 12000 grams only
70502..........YDS01TU............. Plexiglass balances enclosure, w/anti-static coating .............................................................................. 245.00
(W x D x H) 15.5 in x 16 in x 18 in (393 mm x 406 mm x 457 mm)**
83243..........69EA0040............ Hanger, for below balance weighing.......................................................................................................... 12.00
*Not compatible with PNs: 70526, 70528, 70527, 70551, 70552
Talent Series Analytical & Portable Balances
• Monolithic DLS weighing system for fast stable results
• Standard RS-232 adapter connects to data printer, PC
or to a remote display
• Rugged housing and stainless steel weighing pan
• External calibration
• LCD display
• Applications on-board: counting, percent, unit toggle,
animal weighing, net total
• Draft chamber dimensions: 7 in x 5.8 in x 7.8 in (W x D x H)
TE64: 60 g
TE124S: 120 g
TE153S, TE153S-D: 150 g
TE1502S: 1,500 g
TE212: 210 g
TE612, TE601: 610 g
TE2101: 2,100 g
TE4101, TE4100: 4,100 g
TE12000: 12,000 g
TE64, TE124S, TE214S 3.5 in (90 mm) dia
TE153S, TE153S-D, TE313S,
TE313S-D: 3.9 in (100 mm) dia
TE1502S, TE3102S: 6.9 in x 5.6 in
TE212, TE412, TE612: 4.5 in (116 mm) dia
TE601, TE2101, TE4101, TE6101, TE41000,
TE6100, TE12000: 6.9 in x 5.6 in
TE64, TE124S, TE214S: 3 seconds
TE153S, TE153S-D, TE313S, TE313S-D,
TE1502S, TE3102S: 2.5 seconds
TE212, TE412, TE612, TE4101,
TE6101: 2 seconds
TE601, TE2101, TE4100, TE6100,
TE12000: 1.5 seconds
TE64, TE124S, TE214S: 0.0001 mg
TE153S, TE153S-D: 0.0015 g
TE313S, TE313S-D: 0.001 g
TE3102S: 0.01 g
TE1502S: 0.015 g
TE212, TE412, TE612, TE601, TE2101,
TE4101, TE6101: 0.1 g
TE4100, TE6100, TE12000: 1 g
8 AA batteries for use in: TE612; TE412; TE212;
TE6101; TE4101; TE2101; TE601; TE12000;
TE6100; TE4100
TE64, TE124S, TE214S: 0.0002 g
TE212, TE412, TE612, TE601, TE2101, TE4101,
TE6101: 0.2 g
TE64, TE124S, TE214S: 0.1 mg
TE313S-D: 0.001 g
TE1502S, TE3102S: 0.01 g
TE212, TE412, TE612: 0.01 g
TE601, TE2101, TE4101, TE6101: 0.1 g
TE41000, TE6100, TE12000: 1 g
Talent Portable Series
82740..........TE64.......................................60 g x 0.1 mg......................................................................... 6 lb/2.7 kg......................... $1,925.00
82741..........TE124S...................................120 g x 0.1 mg....................................................................... 11 lb.4.9 kg.......................... 2,215.00
82743..........TE153S...................................150 g x 0.001 g...................................................................... 6 lb/2.7 kg........................... 1,020.00
82744..........TE153S-DS.............................150 g x 0.001 g...................................................................... 6 lb/2.7 kg........................... 1,430.00
82750..........TE1502S.................................1,500 g x 0.01 g..................................................................... 6 lb/2.7 kg........................... 1,145.00
82747..........TE212.....................................210 g x 0.01 g........................................................................ 5 lb/2.2 kg.............................. 700.00
82752..........TE601.....................................610 g x 0.1 g.......................................................................... 6 lb/2.7 kg.............................. 670.00
82753..........TE2101...................................2100 g x 0.1 g........................................................................ 6 lb/2.7 kg.............................. 760.00
82754..........TE4101...................................4,100 g x 0.1 g....................................................................... 6 lb/2.7 kg.............................. 970.00
82755..........TE6101...................................6,100 g x 0.1 g....................................................................... 6 lb/2.7 kg........................... 1,195.00
82756..........TE4100...................................4,100 g x 1 g.......................................................................... 6 lb/2.7 kg.............................. 640.00
82758..........TE12000.................................12,000 g x 1 g........................................................................ 6 lb/2.7 kg........................... 1,050.00
36907..........YDP03-0CE............................Data printer with statistics and time/date functions (included cable fits RS-232)................... 860.00
31103..........6906937.................................Paper for data printer (PN 36907), five pack........................................................................... 22.00
31106..........6906918.................................Replacement ribbon for data printer (PN 36907)..................................................................... 33.00
45762..........YRB08Z..................................Battery pack, rechargeable, external.................................................................................... 295.00
50233..........6971947.................................110 VAC power supply........................................................................................................... 30.00
70487..........YRD02Z..................................Remote display, reflective, 3 ft (fits RS-232)........................................................................... 355.00
31117..........IDAC-97..................................Digital-to-analog converter (fits RS-232)............................................................................... 890.00
70489..........QLC-97...................................Quad limit controller (fits RS-232)...................................................................................... 1,075.00
46529..........YFS01.....................................Foot switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal,
F, CFR, or toggle key (set up in menu).................................................................................. 280.00
70490..........YHS02....................................Hand switch with T-connector, for remote control of print, tare, cal,
F, CFR, or toggle key (setup in menu)................................................................................... 305.00
70519..........641211...................................Weighing bowl (240 g), 1000 mL, chrome-nickel-steel, 7 in (177 mm) Dia, 2.8 in (71 mm) H.... 145.00
32637..........LD2.........................................Locking device, anti-theft....................................................................................................... 55.00
100 • Precision Solutions
MA Series Moisture Analyzers
MA35 Series
Additional Features, All IR Moisture Analyzers
• All units can show results in % moisture, % total solids and
remaining dry residue in weight
• Units will yield results in 5–15 minutes with automatic mode
(depending on sample make-up size)
Additional Features, MA35
• Field-proven, manual flip-up cover
• Opens wide for excellent access
• Standard version with glass panels
• Version with metal panels to meet FDA/HACCP regulations
• Equipped with two powerful metal tubular-shaped heating
elements (providing 360 Watts of power)
• Rugged double level system
• 1-mg resolution and 35 g weighing capacity
• Optimized for use in high temperature ranges
• Concise display
• Icon-driven user interface
• Elimination of program selection menu
• Reduction of seldom-used programming options
• Fully automatic mode; sample is dried until weight is constant
• Time-controlled; 0.1-99 minutes
• Manual shutoff by user
• Printout generated by an external printer
Additional Features, MA100 & MA150
• Choice of either ceramic (C) infrared or halogen (H) heating
element. MA100 has the choice of ceramic (C), Quartz (Q)
or halogen (H) heating. The MA150 is available with ceramic
or quartz heating elements.
• Motorized heating element slides over sample to ensure stable
initial weight reading
• In addition to time and automatic mode, for optimal results, the
"asap" mode will automatically determine the best drying swift
parameter mode
• MA50 has five program memories, MA150 has 20 program
memories, and the MA100 has 30 program memories
• Backlit display ensures optimal readability under any
lighting conditions
• ISO/GLP compliant printout capable with optional integrated printer
• Reprotest (MA-100 only)
• Homogenous sample heating with a choice of ceramic radiator
or CQR quartz heating element (both infrared) (MA150)
MA35: 35 g
MA100: 100 g
MA150: 1 mg (0.01%)
MA35, MA100: 0.1 mg (0.001%)
MA35, MA150:>/= 1 g for samples +/-0.2%
≤ 5 g for samples ±0.05 g
MA100: >/= 1 g for samples 0.1%
>/=5 g for samples +/-0.02%
Display Mode for Results:
MA35: % moisture, % dry weight (solids),
% RATIO, g residue
MA100: % moisture, % dry weight (solids),
% RATIO, g residue, g/kg residue, mg weight loss,
calculated value (measured value x factor)
MA150:% moisture, % dry weight (solids),
Heating Mode:
MA35: Standard drying
MA100: Standard drying, quick drying,
gentle drying, phase drying
MA150: Standard drying, phase drying
Analysis Mode
Fully automatic: MA100, MA150
Semi-automatic: MA100,
MA150-1-50 mg/5-300 sec., 0.1-5.0%/5-300 sec.
Timer settings: MA35, MA150-1x0.1-99 min.
MA100-3+0.1-999 min
Timer mode + fully/semi-automatic:
MA100-2+0.1-999 min.+automatic
Heating Unit:
Ceramic IR heating element (infrared): MA100, MA150
Halogen lamp (infrared): MA100, MA150
CQR heater (coiled quartz radiator): MA100, MA150
Metal tubular-shaped heating element
(infrared dark radiator): MA35
Temperature Range:
MA35 Series: (340°C to 160°C)
MA100 Series: (30°C to 200°C)
MA150: (40º C-220º C)
MA35, MA150: External
MA100: Internal
MA150 Series: 30 g
Reprotest:
Bar Code Scanner:
MA150: 12.1 lb (5.5 kg)
MA35: 12.8 lb (5.8 kg)
MA35: 8.7 in x 7.1 in x 7.4 in
MA100: 13.8 in x 17.8 in x 6.1 in
MA150: 8.4 in x 12.6 in x 7.1 in
MA35, MA150: RS-232C unidirectional
MA100: RS-232C bidirect; RS-485 optional
Data Printer:
Integratable (optional retrofitable): MA100
External (optional): MA35, MA100, MA150
Precision Solutions • 101
93429..........MA35M-000115V1..................35 g x 0.001 g................................................................................................................. $ 2,650.00
93430..........MA35M-000115V2..................35 g x 0.001 g with metal panels........................................................................................ 2,650.00
70544..........MA100C-000115V1................100 g x 0.0001 g (0.001% moisture)....................................... 26 lb/11.8 kg....................... 6,145.00
70545..........MA100H-000115V1................100 g x 0.0001 g (0.001% moisture)....................................... 26 lb/11.8 kg....................... 6,145.00
103129........MA-150C-000115V1...............150 g x 0.001 g (0.01% moisture)...................................................................................... 3,625.00
103130........MA-150C-000115V2...............150 g x 0.001 g (0.01% moisture) with metal panels for FDA.............................................. 3,625.00
46529..........YFS01.....................................Foot switch with T-connector for remote control of print, tare, cal,
F, CFR or toggle key (set up in menu)................................................................................... 280.00
70490..........YHS02....................................Hand switch with T-connector for remote control of print, tare, cal,
F, CFR or toggle key (set up in menu)....................................................................................305.00
31084..........6906940.................................Filters, glass fiber, box of 80................................................................................................... 33.00
98063..........YMPO1MA..............................Disposable sample pans 50 units, aluminum, round, 90 mm................................................. 100.00
36907..........YDP03-0CE............................Data printer, external............................................................................................................ 860.00
31103..........690693...................................Paper rolls for data printer, 5 rolls, 50 m each......................................................................... 22.00
93390..........YTMO1MA..............................Temperature adjustment set................................................................................................. 707.00
98064..........YSL02MA................................Standard operating procedure (SOP).................................................................................... 100.00
MA100 Series only
98062..........YDS03MA...............................Panel replacement sets, aluminum panels for replacing glass panels
to meet FDA/HACCP regulations (conversion kit)................................................................. 150.00
98065..........YDB03MA...............................Carrying case....................................................................................................................... 250.00
98066..........YMW02MA..............................Windows® 2000/NT/XP-compatible software for data collection
and for programming drying programs include interface cable, 9/28-pin.............................. 400.00
70548..........YTM03MA...............................Temperature adjustment kit.................................................................................................. 310.00
70547..........YDP01MA...............................Printer, integrated into unit (requires installation).................................................................... 835.00
70549..........YWP11MA..............................Dishes 3.9 in, box of 50.......................................................................................................... 26.00
12964.........................................................External calibration weight . ................................................................................................... 72.00
12946.........................................................External calibration weight...................................................................................................... 80.00
MA35 Series only
12962.........................................................External calibration weight (-30 g ±0.3 mg).............................................................................. 72.00
36907..........YDPO3-OCE...........................Data printer with statistics and time/date functions............................................................... 860.00
31106..........6906918.................................Replacement ribbon for data printer....................................................................................... 33.00
31103..........6906937.................................Paper for data printer............................................................................................................. 22.00
70549..........YWPO1MA..............................Aluminum dishes 3.9 in, box of 50.......................................................................................... 26.00
Mixer Additional Accessories......105
Mixers Standard Features
Vortex-Genie® 1
Votex-Genie® 1
• Violent single high-speed vortexing
• Easy-to-use Touch On operation
• Large, 6 mm orbit for aggressive vortexing of difficult samples
• May be used with Pop-Off Cup or optional 3-inch platform
• Vortex-Genie quality at an even more economical price
• Our most popular model
• Variable speed for precise mixing from gentle to vigorous
• Broad range of attachments for most tubes, plates and other containers
• Hands-Free or Touch On control
• May be used in cold rooms and incubators
Votex-Genie® 2T
• Same great features as the Vortex-Genie 2
• Timer function - Touch on: 1-60 sec, Hands-Free: 1-60 min. or continuous
• Unit automatically stops at the end of user-programmed time
Digital Votex-Genie® 2
• Rapid hands-free disruption of up to 12 microtubes (1.5 mL or 2.0 mL) at one time
• Maintains operating speed for up to 15 minutes, or continuous operation,
even in cold rooms
• Supplied pop-off cup easily attaches for use as a standard single-tube vortex mixer
• Less costly than ultrasonic units or homogenizers
• Use with Disruptor Beads™, made from spherical lead free soda lime glass,
• Disruptor Beads are used with Disruptor Genie or TurboMix™ attachment
for Vortex-Genie® 2 or Vortex-Genie® 2T and Digital Vortex-Genie® 2
Vortex-Genie® 2T
TimerTouch On:
Hands-Free:
Dimensions (base)
(D x W x H)
Pop-Off Cup
Vortex-Genie® 2T Digital Vortex-Genie® 2
3 in Platform, Pop-off Cup
1-60 Seconds
1-60 minutes or 1-99 minutes or continucontinuous
8.8 lb (4 kg)
6.5 in x 4.8 in x 6.5 in (165 mm x 122 mm x 165 mm)
Vortex-Genie 1, 120V, 60 Hz
Vortex-Genie 2T, 120V, 60 Hz
Digital Vortex-Genie 2
Digital Vortex-Genie® 2
Model H301
Multiple Sample
Model H302 Large
Model H301 Multiple Sample Starter Set
6-inch Platform (not shown separately)
Microtube Foam Insert (2)
Microplate Foam Insert (2)
3-inch Platform with Rubber Cover
TurboMix™ Attachment, 1.5ml Tubes
TurboMix Attachment, 2.0ml Tubes (not shown)
1.5ml Microtube Holder* (not shown separately)
2.0ml Screw-cap Microtube Holder*
Model H302 Large Sample Set
Recessed Platform
9-16mm Tube Foam Inserts (2)
14-29mm Tube Foam Inserts (2)
Blank Foam Inserts (2)
Assorted Foam Inserts (4)
Elastic Bands (2)
Two-Tier Microplate Foam Insert (not shown)
Large Ampule/Tube Attachment
Small Ampule/Tube Attachment
* May be used with TurboMix attachment or Disruptor Genie
Disruptor Genie®
Disrupter Genie®
• Unique agitation, vortexting, and collision actions for cell disruption
and sample resuspension
• Ideal for glass bead procedures using Disruptor Beads
Disruptor Beads®
• Spherical lead free soda lime glass beads are available in two sizes
• Can be used for disruption of yeast, bacteria, and other samples
• Used in combination with Disruptor Genie or TurboMix™ attachment for Vortex-Genie®
2T or Digital Vortex-Genie® 2
Disruptor Genie 1.5 ml
1.5 ml Microtube Holder
(tubes not included) and
Disruptor Beads
0.1 mm diameter beads for
0.5 mm diameter beads
for yeast
4.3 kg (9.5 lb)
375 g (8 fl. oz.)
Disruptor Genie 1.5 ml
Disruptor Beads (0.1 mm)
MicroPlate Genie
• Small vortexing orbit of 1.0 mm for thorough mixing regardless of sample viscosity
• High speed and small orbit combine to offer true vortexing action in each well
of the microplate
• Accepts most microplate types within the recommendations of the Society
for Biomolecular Screening (SBS), even in 384-well formats
Multi-MicroPlate Genie
• Multi-MicroPlate Genie may be used to shake up to 4 microplates. An optional
accessory deck is available to double capacity to shake up to 8 microplates
at one time.
• Both models may be used in cold rooms and incubators for temperature
sensitive applications
• Built-in timer operates from 1-60 minutes or continuous for hands-free use
MicroPlate Genie™
Vortexing orbit
Dimensions (D x W x H)
750-3200 RPM
1-60 minutes or continuous
1.0 mm diameter
1 microplate, any type
4 microplates
with standard SBS footprint
(8 microplates with optional deck)
5.75 in x 7.0 in x 6.5 in
13.2 in x 9.4 in x 6.5 in
6.1 lb (2.75 kg)
MicroPlate Genie 120V, 60Hz
Multi-Microplate Genie, 120V, 60Hz
• Roto-Shake Genie combines rotating and rocking in one compact unit
• Magnetic platform and various accessories securely hold almost any sample
• Optional 3-D orbital attachment transfroms the unit into an orbital platform shaker
• A variety of attachments/accessories are available to provide
maximum application versatiltiy
• Maintains set speed between 0-38˚C for use in cold rooms or incubators
Roto-Shake Genie®
Rocking Angle
Platform Capacity
Magnetic Platform, 1 Clip Plate each for 10-13 mm, 15-17 mm, and 28-30 mm
Tubes, 4 Bag Mounting Strips, and Non-Skid Tray
5-35 RPM
10-70 cycles per minute
±10 degrees from horizontal
4.5 kg (10 lb)
9.9 in x 20 in x 10.5 in (252 mm x 508 mm x 267 mm)
Depth with Rocker Tray 12 in (305 mm)
26 lb (11.8 kg)
0-38°C (32-100°F) 95% maximum relative humidity
Roto-Shake Genie, 120V, 60Hz
Rice Lake Breeze........................110
Tips.............................................110
10 tips to improve your
pipetting technique.....................111
Rice Lake Breeze
• Continuously smooth, adjustable (non-click stop) micrometer
• Unique plunger design prevents volume drifting
• Ergonomic grip and light-weight components provide maximum
comfort thus reducing user fatigue
• Non-metal, streamlined tip ejector design
Range (uL)
(uL)
* AC and CV at 0.1uL is dependent on the skill of the operator
Volume (uL)
AC (%)*
CV (%)*
+/- 6.0
=< 5.0
Tips (RLWS #)
78529**
** Racked
Starter kit, Rice Lake Breeeze
Mix or match volume ranges to your specifications
Rotary stand with capacity of six (6) pipettes
RLWS #
0.5-10uL, Clear, Elongated
2-200uL, Clear, Universal, Graduated
100-1000uL, Blue, Universal
3 Pipettes
2 Mini-Stacks, Tips
1 Rotary Stand
Bulk Description
Racked Description
0.5-100uL, Clear, Elongated
1000/bag
96/rack, 960/pack
100/rack, 1000/pack
Mini-Stack*** Description
480/stack, 960/pack
500/stack, 1000/pack
*** Two stacks of five trays.
10 tips to improve your pipetting technique
1. Pre-wet the Pipette Tip
Aspire and expel an amount of the sample liquid at least 3 times before
aspirating a sample for delivery.
Evaporation within the tip can cause a significant loss of sample before
delivery. Prewetting increases the humidity within the tip thus reducing
both the amount of, and variation in, sample evaporation. Using the
same tip (without prewetting) to deliver multiple sample results in
lower volume for the first few samples.
Allow liquids and equipment to equilibrate to ambient temperature.
The volume of sample delivered by air displacement pipettes varies
with air pressure, relative humidity and vapor pressure of the liquid, all
of which are temperature dependent. Working at a single, constant
temperature minimizes the variation.
3. Examine the Tip Before Dispensing Sample
Wipe the tip only if there is liquid on the outside of the tip, and then,
very carefully.
Absorbent material rapidly wicks sample from the tip if it contacts the tip
opening. Unnecessary tip wiping increases the possibility of sample loss.
4. Use Standard Mode Pipetting
Choose standard mode pipetting rather than "reverse mode," for all but
viscous samples, if accurate and precise results are desired.
In reverse mode pipetting, the plunger is depressed completely (past
the first stop) to aspirate the sample and then depressed only to the first
stop to deliver the sample.
5. Pause Consistently after Aspiration
Pause with the tip in the liquid for one or two seconds after aspirating
the sample.
The amount of liquid in the tip "bounces" slightly when the plunger
stops. Slow, even plunger release and a consistent, brief pause after
aspiration minimize errors resulting from this phenomenon.
6. Pull the Pipette Straight Out
Pull the pipette straight out of the container after aspirating a sample.
Do not touch the tip to the sides of the container.
This technique is especially important when pipetting small volumes
(<50µL). Surface tension effects cause the sample volumes to vary if the
exit angle varies. Touching the tip against the sides result in loss of sample.
2. Work at Temperature Equilibrium
7. Minimize Handling of the Pipette and Tip
Set the pipette down between sample deliveries and avoid
handling the tip.
Body heat transferred to equipment during handling disrupts
temperature equilibrium. As explained in Tip # 2, the volume of sample
delivered varies with temperature.
8. Immerse the Tip to the Proper Depth
Immerse the tip 2 to 5 mm below the meniscus and well clear of the
container walls and bottom during sample aspiration.
Inserting the tip too far into the liquid causes excess droplets of liquid
to cling to the outside of the tip. Pressing or resting the tip against the
container walls or bottom restricts entry of the sample.
9. Use the Correct Pipette Tip
Securely attach a tip designed for use with the pipette.
Mismatching a tip and pipette or using poor quality tips can result
in an inadequate seal between the pipette and the tip. Quality tips are
flexible and have thin walls, providing an airtight seal and more
dependable delivery of the sample.
10. Use Consistent Plunger Pressure and Speed
Depress and release the plunger smoothly and with consistent pressure
and speed for each sample.
Pipettes, like all precision instruments, give more reproducible results
when operated with attention to detail and with proper technique.
Staticmaster
Ionmaster™. ...........................115
NRD is the industry leader for providing advanced ionization products to eliminate electrostatic discharge and static attraction. The success
of NRD devices is based on unique and extremely effective ionization sources that use alpha-energy to neutralize static electricity. Unlike
electrical ionization systems, NRD ion sources don't just control static, they eliminate it by providing a constant balance of ±zero volts.
The ion sources are entirely self-powered and never require any calibration or adjustment. Therefore, there are no operating costs
associated with them throughout their lifetime.
Because NRD ion sources do not require electricity and are completely safe, they are ideal for use in any application, including highlyvolatile environments.
Static charge buildup is the cause of many production problems including downtime, reduced product quality, and ultimately increased
costs and reduced profits. Although the static charges can not be seen, they are quite noticeable. Thousands of volts of electricity can
easily accumulate on the surfaces of in-process materials. This buildup can ignite combustibles, shock personnel, destroy sensitive
electronic components, and cause many types of production problems. In addition, static attraction of dirt, dust and other foreign
matter contaminates products and process equipment, which serves to intensify processing problems.
NRD alpha-energy devices rapidly neutralize charged materials. This is accomplished by emitting a flood of both positively and negatively
charged ions in the vicinity of the affected material. The charged material then attracts a sufficient quantity of oppositely charged ions t
o completely eliminate its static charge.
NRD alpha-energy ion sources totally eliminate static buildup, not just reduce it, as with other methods of static control. As with all types
of ion sources, ionized air has absolutely no adverse effects on personnel.
STATIC BRUSHES
Staticmaster Part #
1C200
1C200R
Static Brush 1"
Replacement cartridge
IONIZING STRIPS
1U400
1U200SLA
Ionizing unit 1" x 1"
Ionizing unit 1" x 1" low activity
STATIC BRUSHES ACCESSORIES
9C1500R
Brush Connector
Tri Stat Static Brush 3" x 3"
Static Cartridge 3" (for PN 76674)
BF2-1000
BF2-1000R
Ionizer Positioner
Ionizer Positioner Only - C Bracket
Duostat with ionizers
Replacement cartridge (2 per package)
Staticmaster IONMASTER™ Model 4060/4060A
The IONMASTER model 4060/4060A mini ionizing fan utilizes our proprietary aplha
ionizing technology to provide a continually balanced output down to zero volts.
This quiet, compact fan is ideally suited for bench-top electronics repair and assembly,
because it requires less installation space than larger units. This fan is available in both
a bench-top model and with an optional articulated arm.
4060/4060A SPECIFICATIONS
1 lb 5 oz (0.6 kg)
Electrical Input
Electrical Output
Air Flow Velocity
Decay Time
100-120 VAC, 60 Hz
≤250 lfpm at 1 ft (≤75 m/mm at 30 cm)
<55 decibels
Polonium -210
2mCi (74MBq) (4060R ionizer set)
2.5 seconds (ESD Association 3.1 at 40 CFM, 1 ft distance, 1,000 to 100 V
4060/406A
Fan, Ionmaster fan with swivel base, 12VDC
Staticmaster IONMASTER™
IONIZING STRIP ACCESSORIES
Weight Sets.................................126
Metric Cylindrical
ASTM Avoirdupois Cont.
Individual Weight Kits..................159
NIST Avoirdupois Heavy Capacity Grip Handle Weights 2500 lb - 200 lb
NIST CLASS F
Depth*
20 3/4" W x 20 3/4" L x 29" H
20 3/4" W x 20 1/4" L x 24 1/4" H
15" W x 15 1/8" L x 23 7/8" H
15" W x 15 1/2" L x 19" H
9 3/4" W x 9 3/4" L x 12" H
NIST Avoirdupois Cast Iron, Grip Handle Test Weights 100 lb - 20 lb
9 1/4" W x 7" L x 7 3/4" H
7 7/8" W x 5 1/2" L x 6 9/16" H
8 1/4" W x 4 15/16" L x 4 1/2" H
6 1/2" W x 4 1/2" L x 4 15/16" H
5 7/8" W x 4 1/2" L x 5" H
NIST Avoirdupois Grip Handle Weights 10 lb - 1 lb
nist CLASS 7
Traceable Certificate
5" W x 3 1/4" L x 3 31/32" H
4" W x 2 9/16" L x 3. 13/64" H
3" W x 2 1/8" L x 1.3/4" H
NIST Avoirdupois Heavy Nesting Slab Weights 2500 lb - 1000 lb
42" W x 30" L x 8 1/4" H
29 1/2" W x 19 1/2" L x 7 1/4" H
NIST Metric Heavy Capacity Grip Handle Weights 1000 kg - 100 kg
11 1/2" W x 12" L x 14 1/4" H
Certificate of Accuracy
NIST Metric Grip Handle Weights 50 kg - 500 g
7 7/8" W x 5 9/16" L x 9 1/8" H
7 3/4" W x 5 5/8" L x 5 7/8" H
6 1/8" W x 4 9/16" L x 5" H
5 7/16" W x 3 1/4" L x 3 15/16" H
3 1/16" W x 2 1/8" L x 1 3/4" H
2 9/16" W x 1 5/8" L x 1 7/16" H
NIST Avoirdupois Individual Cylindrical Weights 10 lb - 1 lb and 12 oz - 0.05 oz
4 1/16" (103.0)
3 11/16" (93.2)
3 1/16" (77.0)
2 1/2" (62.3)
15/16" (23.4)
5/8" (42.0)
9/16" (15.3)
5/16" (8.8)
3/8" (9.0)
2" (50.8)
NIST Avoirdupois Grip Handle Weights 50 lb - 10 lb
7 1/4" (183.6)
6 11/16" (169.0)
6" (151.8)
NIST Metric Cylindrical Individual Weights 5 kg - 1 kg and 500 g - 1 g
Grip Handle Weights 30 kg - 5 kg
NIST Metric Leaf Weights 500 mg - 1 mg
NIST Metric Ring Weights 500 g - 25 g
Dia. (mm)
0.390" (9.9)
NIST Avoirdupois Ring Weights 5 lb - 1/4 oz
11/32" (8.7)
NIST Avoirdupois Decimal Pound Cylindrical Weights 0.5 lb - 0.01 lb
0.5 lb
0.05 lb
1 5/8 (42.0)
1/2 " (13.4)
NIST Metric Cube Weights 1 kg - 100 g
1 kg
NIST Avoirdupois Dish Weights 0.005 lb - 0.001 lb
0.005 lb
NIST Avoirdupois Slotted Weights 10 lb - 1 lb and 8 oz - 4 oz
10 lb
5 lb
8 oz
Slot Width
NIST Troy Individual Weights 20 dwt through 1 dwt/500 ozt through 0.05 ozt
Leaf weights not pictured
500 oz t
50 oz t
5 oz t
1/4 oz t
1/16 oz t
0.5 oz t
0.05 oz t*
0.005 oz t*
* Leaf weights
NIST Penny Weights 20 dwt - 1 dwt
20 dwt
5 dwt
NIST Penny Individual Weights 0.5 dwt - 0.1 dwt
0.5 dwt
NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets 4 oz – 1/32 oz through 4 oz – 0.05 oz (8 oz)
4 oz - 1/32 oz
(8 oz lb Fractional)
0.2 lb - 0.001 lb
(0.61 lb Decimal)
4 oz - 0.05 oz
(8.05 oz)
WEIGHT SET CONTENTS (Piece Count and Total Weight)
Case Insert
4 oz - 1/3 2 oz
(8 oz Fractional)
(0.61 lb Decimal)
Kit Part #
1/2 oz
0.5 oz
1/16 oz
0.05 oz
4 oz-1/32 oz
0.2 lb-0.001 lb
4 oz-0.05 oz
1/2 lb
1 lb 0.05 oz
NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets 2 lb – 1/32 oz through 2 lb – 0.05 oz (4 lb) / 1 lb – 1/32 oz through 1 lb – 0.05 oz (2 lb)
Secondary Case
2 lb - 1/32 oz
2 lb - 0.001 lb
(4 lb Fractional)
2 lb - 0.05 oz
(4 lb Decimal 4 lb
0.03 oz)
2-2 lb - 1/32 oz
2-2 lb - 0.001 lb
2-2 lb - 0.05 oz
(61 lb 0.05 oz
Combination)
(1.99 lb Combination)
0.2 lb - 0.00 1 lb
4 oz - 0.05 oz,
0.2 lb - 0.001
NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets Cont. 2 lb – 1/32 oz through 2 lb – 0.05 oz (4 lb) / 1 lb – 1/32 oz through 1 lb – 0.05 oz (2 lb)
Weight Kit
Wt. Value
1 lb-1/32 oz
1 lb-0.001 lb
1 lb-0.05 oz
2 lb0.001 lb
2-2 lb1/32 oz
(2)2 lb0.001 lb
(2)2 lb0.05 oz
2.1110 lb
1.990625 lb
NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets 5 lb – 1/32 oz through 5 lb – 0.05 oz (31 lb)
5 lb. - 0.001 lb,
0.2 lb - 0.001 lb
4 oz - 0.05 oz
5 lb - 1/32 oz,
31 lb fractional
5 lb - 0.001 lb,
31.11 lb decimal
5 lb - 0.05 oz,
31 lb 4oz - 0.05 oz
5 lb - 1 GN
5 lb - 1 GN,
4 oz - 1/32 oz
5 lb - 1/32 oz
(11 lb Fractional)
5 lb - 0.001 lb
(11.11 lb Decimal)
5 lb - 0.05 oz
(11 lb 0.05 oz
(21 lb 55 GN
Fractional US
Postal Service)
(31 lb 55 GN)
(31.61 lb
5 lb x 6 (30 lb)
(Fractional)
(Decimal)
(Combination)
(31 lb - 0.05 oz)
4 oz - 1 GN
NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets cont. 5 lb – 1/32 oz through 5 lb – 0.05 oz (31 lb)
5 lb-0.001 lb 5 lb-0.05 oz
5 lb 0.001 lb
5 lb 1/32 oz
5 lb-1 GN
5 lb x 6
20 GN
5 GN
21 lb 55 GN
31 lb 0.05 oz 11 lb 0.05 oz
NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets 10 lb – 0.001 lb (31 lb) 10 lb – 0.001 lb (51 lb) and 10 lb – 1/4 oz through 10 lb – 0.001 lb (31 lb)
10 lb - 0.001 lb
10 lb - 1/4 oz
(31 lb 1/2 oz)
(31.61 lb-1/2 lb)
(31.61 lb Combination)
(31.61 lb 1/2 oz)
10 lb-0.001 lb
(31 lb
10 lb-1/4 oz
31 lb 1/2 oz
NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets 10 lb – 1/32 oz through 10 lb – 0.05 oz (31 lb) 10 lb - 1/32 oz through 10 lb - 0.05 oz (51 lb)
10 lb - 1-32 oz
10 lb - 0.05 oz
(31 lb 0.05 oz Combination)
10 lb - 1/32 oz
10 lb - 3 (30 lb)
4 oz - 0.05 oz (31 lb
0.05 oz Combination)
10 lb1/32 oz
(31 lb)
10 lb0.001 lb
10 lb0.05 oz
10 lb3 (30 lb)
31.1100 lb
51.11 lb
NIST Avoirdupois Weight Sets 10 lb – 1/32 oz through 10 lb – 0.05 oz (21 lb)
10 lb - 0.05 oz
(21 lb x 0.05 oz Combination)
4 oz - 0.05 oz (21 lb x
(21 lb Decimal)
10 lb-1/32 oz
10 lb-0.05 oz
21 lb 0.05 oz
NIST Metric Weight Sets 100 g – 1 mg through 100 g – 1 g (5-2-2-1 configuration)
50 g – 1 mg through 50g – 1 g (5-2-2-1 configuration)
100 g - 1 g
100 g - 10 mg
100 g - 1 mg
50 g - 1 g
50 g - 10 mg
50 g - 1 mg
50 g-1 g
50 g10 mg
50 g1 mg
100 g-1 g
100 g10 mg
100 g1 mg
111.11 g
Leaf Weight Cover
NIST Metric Weight Sets 2 kg – 1 mg through 2 kg – 1 mg (5-2-2-1 configuration) 1 kg – 1 mg through 1 kg – 1 mg (5-2-2-1 configuration)
2 kg -1 g
2 kg - 10 mg
2 kg - 1 mg
1 kg - 1 g
1 kg-1 g
1 kg-10 mg
1 kg-1 mg
2 kg-10 mg
NIST Metric Weight Sets 5 kg – 1 g through 5 kg – 1 mg (5-2-2-1 configuration)
18.11111 kg
Leaf weight lid
NIST Metric Weight Sets 50 g – 1 g through 50 g – 1 mg (5-2-2-1 configuration) 500 g – 1 g through 500 g – 1 mg (5-2-2-1 configuration)
Weigh Kit Part #
500 g-10 mg
500 g-1 mg
NIST Metric Weight Sets 5 kg – 1 mg through 2 kg – 1 g (5-2-2-1 configuration) 2 kg – 1 mg through 5 kg - 1 g (5-2-2-1 configuration)
ASTM Avoirdupois Slotted Interlocking Weights 100 lb - 1/2 lb
17" (431.8)
10 1/2" (266.7)
ASTM Metric Slotted Interlocking Weights 20 kg - 200 g
Weight Part #
10 13/32" (264.3) 2 5/16" (58.7)
5 5/32" (156.4) 1 25/32" (45.2)
ASTM Avoirdupois Hangers 1 lb - 5 lb
9.31" (241.3)
21.88" (558.8) 20 5/16" (515.9)
3.75" (93.7)
ASTM Metric Hangers 500 g - 2 kg
Weight Capacity Part #
20 5/16" (515.6)
ASTM Avoirdupois Fairbanks Round Interlocking 50 lb x 1/2 lb through 1000 lb x 5 lb
Fairbanks Part #
1 lb - 100 lb
1/2 lb - 100 lb
50 lb x 1/2 lb
100 lb x 1 lb
100 lb x 1/2 lb
300 lb x 1 1/2 lb
1000 lb x 5 lb
PBC32
ASTM Avoirdupois Fairbanks Square Interlocking 50 lb x 1/2 lb through 500 lb x 5 lb
ASTM Metric Fairbanks Hexagon Weights 10 kg x 100 g through 200 kg x 2 kg
10 kg x 100 g
100 kg x 1 kg
ASTM Metric Fairbanks Round & Square Hangers 7 oz - 21 oz
(Fairbanks only)
ASTM Avoirdupois Howe Round Slotted Interlocking Weights 50 lb x 1/2 lb - 500 lb x 5 lb
Howe Part #
100 lb x 1 1/99 lb
10 lb x 1 1/4 lb
5 lb x 5/8 lb
5 lb x 1/10 lb
100 lb x 1 9/16 lb or 25 oz
50 lb x 28/32 lb or 12 1/2 oz
25 lb x 25/64 lb or 6 1/4 oz
10 lb x 5/32 lb or 2 1/2 oz
For Counting Scales
3 3/126" (76.8)
ASTM Avoirdupois Howe Counterpoise Hanger Weights 7 oz - 16 oz
8 3/8 (212.7)
ASTM Avoirdupois Toledo Triangle Weights 100 lb x 1 lb through 500 lb x 5 lb
Toledo Part #
ASTM Avoirdupois Toledo Counterpoise Hanger Weights
ASTM Avoirdupois Electronic Balance Calibration Weight Kits 10 lb - 0.05 lb
ASTM CLASS 1*
Pictured as a kit
*Note: Denotes polished finish
ASTM Avoirdupois Electronic Balance Calibration Weight Kits 8 oz - 1/2 oz
Weight gloves, white, cotton
ASTM Metric Electronic Balance Calibration Weight Kits 5 kg - 10 g
Weight Part
ASTM Metric Electronic Balance Calibration Weight Kits cont. 5 kg - 10 g
ASTM Avoirdupois Grip Handle Individual Weights 50 lb - 10 lb
Mass Value
ASTM Metric Grip Handle Individual Weights 30 kg - 5 kg
ASTM Metric Grip Handle Individual Weights cont. 30 kg - 5 kg
ASTM Avoirdupois Individual Hook Weights 50 lb - 1 lb
Hanging Height
ASTM Avoirdupois Individual Weight Hooks 1/4 oz - 1/32 oz
ASTM Metric Individual Hook Weights 25 kg - 10 g
Weight (mm)
ASTM Metric Individual Weight Hooks 5 g - 1 g
ASTM Avoirdupois Individual Leaf Weight Kits 0.001 lb - 1/32 oz
Shown with kit accessories
Weight tweezer
ASTM Avoirdupois Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits 0.5 lb -0.005 lb through 4 oz - 1/16 oz
Lifting bar
Weight tweezers
ASTM Avoirdupois Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits cont. 0.5 lb - 0.005 lb &
82612 $91.00
Kit List Weight
ASTM Avoirdupois Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits cont. 0.5 lb - 0.005 lb &
ASTM Avoirdupois Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits cont. 5 lb - 8 oz
ASTM Avoirdupois Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits 5 lb - 8 oz
Size Part #
Kit pictured with accessories
Weight lifter
ASTM Avoirdupois Cylindrical Individual Weight Kits 50 lb - 10 lb
$125..00
Weight List Price
82667 $2,825.00
ASTM Avoirdupois Weight Sets 50 lb – 1/32 oz through 2 lb – 1/32 oz
4 oz - 1/32 g
Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below
Weight lifter, large handle, metal, for weights 4 kg and up and 10 lb - 100 lb
Weight lifter bar, plexiglas, for weights 200 g - 3 kg and 8 oz - 5 lb
(screw knob weights only)
ASTM Avoirdupois Weight Sets cont. 50 lb – 1/32 oz through 2 lb – 1/32 oz
5 lb-1/32 oz
ASTM Metric Individual Weight Kits 50 kg - 1 g
*For special kits-Individual weights
must ship in a case.
Kit Part
*Note: Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class 0
Note: Replacement cases for Class 0 available by special order only. Call for details.
ASTM Metric Individual Weight Kits cont. 50 kg - 1 g
Kit options included
Consult Consult Consult Consult
Consult Consult
82590 $2,900.00 11875 $2,800.00
Certifcate
50 kg Consult Consult Consult Consult
25 kg Consult Consult
20 kg 82632 $1,950.00 12130 $1,850.00
Weight tweezers, plastic, for polished weights 100 g and below
Weight lifter bar, plexiglas, for weights 200 g - 3 kg and
8 oz - 5 lb (screw knob weights only)
Lifter with larger handle (Class 1-4/4 kg - 25 kg) (10 lb/50 lb)
Weigh forceps, plastic, Class 0, 100 g - 1 mg
Tong assembly, Class 0, 1 kg x 200 g
ASTM Metric Individual Leaf Weight Kits 500 mg - 1 mg
Accessories kit pictured
Part # Kit
Kit List Price*
List Price*
*Class 0 weights require case for shipping
**36092
Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights
100 g and below
Gelatin capsule
**Note: Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class 0
ASTM Metric Individual Leaf Weight Kits cont. 500 mg - 1 mg
Kit options shown
Kit List Price
ASTM Metric Weight Sets 500 mg – 1 mg through 500 mg – 100 mg (5-3-2-1 configuration) (5-2-2-1 configuration)
ASTM CLASS 0**
500 mg - 1 mg
500 mg - 1 mg*
500 mg - 10 mg
500 mg - 10 mg*
500 mg - 100 mg
500 mg - 100 mg*
*Note: Denotes 5-2-2-1 configuration
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 500 mg – 1 mg through 500 mg – 100 mg (5-3-2-1 configuration) (5-2-2-1 configuration)
Part # List Price
00 mg - 1 mg
500 mg -10 mg*
500 mg1 mg
500 mg100 mg
45933-Class 0
ASTM Metric Weight Sets 100 g – 1 mg through 100 g – 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g; 20 g - 1 mg through 20 g - 1 g (5-3-2-1 configuration)
100 g - 100 mg
50 g - 100 mg
List Price *
Value Certificate
100 g 1 mg
100 g 10 mg
100 g 100 mg
100 g 1g
50 g 1 mg
50 g 10 mg
50 g 100 mg
50 g 1g
11596*/
*11596 is replacement case for 5-3-2-1 configuration
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 100 g – 1 mg through 100 g – 1 g;
50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g;20 g - 1 mg through 20 g - 1 g
5-3-2-1 5-3-2-1
*11596 is replacement case for 5-3-2-1- configuration
-10 mg
50 g - 10
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 100 g – 1 mg through 100 g – 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g;
20 g - 1 mg through 20 g - 1 g (5-3-2-1 configuration)
List Price Traceable
Certifi5-2-2-1
100 g x 5 mg
100 g-100 mg
50 g x 5 mg
20 g x 10 mg
50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 5 mg (5-3-2-1 configuration)
Weight Kit Part #
50 g-1 mg
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 50 g - 10 mg through 50 g - 1 g; 20 g - 1 mg through 20 g - 1 g (5-3-2-1 configuration)
50 g-10 mg
50 g-100 mg
20 g- 1 g
ASTM Metric Weight Sets 200 g - 1 mg through 2-200 g - 1 g (5-3-2-1 configuration) (5-2-2-1 configuration)
2-200 g x 1 mg*
2-200 g x 10 mg*
2-200 g x 100 mg*
2-200 g x 1 g*
5-3-2-1 Configuration
(5-3-2-1)
2-200 g - 1 mg
2-200 g - 10 mg
2-200 g - 100 mg
2-200 g - 1 g
Classes 1,2,3,4
2-200 g x100 mg*
2-200 g x 1 g
Calibration Mass Value
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 200 g – 1 mg through 2-200 g – 1 g (5-3-2-1 configuration) (5-2-2-1 configuration)
2-200 g - 1 g*
Weight forceps, plastic
Lifter bar
2-200 g -1 mg
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont 200 g – 1 mg through 2-200 g – 1 g (5-3-2-1 configuration)(5-2-2-1 configuration)
2-200 g-1mg
2-200 g-10 mg
2-200 g-100 mg
2-200 g-1 g
ASTM Metric Weight Sets 500 g – 1 mg through 500 g – 100 g (5-3-2-1 configuration)
Calibration Report
500 g - 100 g
Classes 1, 2, 3 & 4
*Certificate of Accuracy is not available for Class 0
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 500 g – 1 mg through 500 g – 100 g (5-3-2-1 configuration)
500 g-100 g
ASTM Metric Weight Sets 500 g -1 g; 200 g -1 g (5-2-2-1) ; 300 g - 1 g (5-3-2-1 configuration)
Weight tweezer, plastic,
for polished weights 100 g
and below
Weight lifter bar, plexiglas,
for weights 200 g - 3 kg and
8 oz - 5 lb
(screw knob weight only)
WEIGHT SET CONTENTS
(Piece Count and Total Weight)
ASTM Metric Weight Sets 1 kg - 1 mg through 1 kg – 100 g (5-3-2-1 configuration)
1 kg - 100 mg
1 kg - 100 g
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 1 kg - 1 mg through 1 kg – 100 g (5-3-2-1 configuration)
Tong assembly, ends protected
with surgical tubing (Class 0)
*Certificate of Accuracy
1 kg-100 mg
1 kg-100 g
ASTM Metric Weight Sets 5 kg – 1 mg through 5 kg – 100 g and 2 kg - 1 mg through 2 kg - 100 g (5-3-2-1 configuration)
5 kg 1 mg
5 kg 100 mg
5 kg 1g
2-2 kg x
2-2 kg 100 mg
2-2 kg 1g
$3,860.00 11886* $3,860.00
11581*
Case Insert (Wooden)
2-2 kg - 1 mg
2-2 kg - 10 mg
2-2 kg - 100 mg
2-2 kg x 1 g
* 5-2-2-1 Configuration replacement case
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 5 kg – 1 mg through 5 kg – 100 g and 2 kg - 1 mg through 2 kg - 100 g
2 kg - 1
2-2 kg - 1
2-2 kg 10 mg
2-2 kg 100 mg
2-2 kg - 1 g
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 5 kg – 1 mg through 5 kg – 100 g and 2 kg - 1 mg through 2 kg - 100 g (5-3-2-1 configuration)
2-2 kg - 100 mg
Classes 1, 2, 3, & 4
Tong assembly, ends protected with surgical tubing (Class 0 & OIML)
Lifter (Class 0 & OIML 2 kg & 5 kg)
Lifter with large handle (Class 1-4/4 kg - 25 kg)
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 5 kg – 1 mg through 5 kg – 100 g;2 kg - 1 mg through 2-2 kg - 1 mg
5 kg-100
500 mg
50 mg
2-2 kg-1
2 kg - 1g
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 2-2 kg- 10 mg through 2 kg - 100 g
ASTM Metric Weight Sets 20 kg – 1 mg through 20 kg – 1 kg and 10 kg - 1 mg through 10 kg - 1 kg
20 kg - 1 mg
20 kg - 100 mg
20 kg - 1 g
20 kg - 100 g
20 kg - 1 kg
*5-2-2-1 Configuration replacement weight case
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 20 kg – 1 mg through 20 kg – 1 kg and 10 kg - 1 mg through 10 kg - 1 kg
$5,77500
List Price 5-2-2-1
Weight forceps, plastic (for Class 0 & OIML)
Lifter with larger handle (Class 1-4/4 kg - 25 kg)
Tong assembly, ends protected with surgical tubing (for class 0 & OIML)
Insert, 100 g
20 kg-1 g
20 kg-100
20 kg1 kg
10 kg-1 mg
10 kg100 mg
10 kg100 g
42.222221kg
22.222221 kg
ASTM Metric Weight Sets cont. 25 kg – 1 g through 20 kg – 1 g through 10 kg - 1 g
Metric Grip Handle Weights 50 kg - 5 kg
OIML Metric Leaf Weight Kits Part #
9 1/4" W x 7"L x 8 3/8 H
Depth* List Price
W/Calibration
Certificate of Accuracy, not available for Class E2
Gel Capsule
OIML Metric Individual Cylindrical Weight Kits 100 g - 1 g
Note: Replacement cases are available as special order items only.
Please call for details.
OIML Metric Individual Cylindrical Weight Kits 20 kg - 200 g
OIML Metric Weight Sets 100 g – 1 mg through 100 g – 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g;
500 mg - 1 mg through 500 mg - 100 mg (5-2-2-1 configuration)
500 mg -100 mg
Forceps, 100 g - 1 mg
OIML Metric Weight Sets cont. 100 g – 1 mg through 100 mg – 1 g; 50 g - 1 mg through 50 g - 1 g;
500 mg - 100
OIML Metric Weight Sets 2-200 g – 1 mg through 200 g – 100 g (5-2-2-1 configuration)
2/200 - 1 g
2/200 - 1 mg
OIML Metric Weight Sets cont. 2-200 g – 1 mg through 200 g – 100 g (5-2-2-1 configuration)
2-200 g-1 mg
OIML Metric Weight Sets 500 g – 1 mg through 500 g – 100 g (5-2-2-1 configuration)
Tong assembly, ends protected with surgical tubing, 1 kg - 200 g
Weight tweezer, plastic, for leaf weights only
Certificate of Accuracy, (not available for Class E2)
OIML Metric Weight Sets cont. 500 g – 1 mg through 500 g – 100 g (5-2-2-1 configuration)
na/
OIML Metric Weight Sets 2-2 kg - 1 mg through 2 kg - 1 g/1 kg - 1 mg through 1 kg - 100 g (5-2-2-1 configuration)
2-2 kg -1 mg
Secondary cases
2-2 kg -1 g
Weight tweezer, plastic, for polished weights 1 kg - 200 g,
Lifter, 5 kg & 2 kg
Leaf weight lid, (not available for Class E2)
OIML Metric Weight Sets cont. 2-2 kg - 1 mg through 2 kg - 1 g/1 kg - 1 mg through 1 kg - 100 g (5-2-2-1 configuration)
2-2 kg - 1g
OIML Metric Weight Sets 20 kg - 1 mg through 20 kg - 1 kg; 10 kg - 1 mg through 10 kg -1 kg
5 kg - 1 mg through 5 kg - 1 kg (5-2-2-1 configuration)
5 kg - 1 kg
100 g (insert)
OIML Metric Weight Sets cont. 20 kg - 1 mg through 20 kg - 1 kg; 10 kg - 1 mg through 10 kg -1 kg
20 kg- 1
20 kg 100 mg
20 kg 1g
20 kg 1 kg
10 kg - 1
Lifter, 5 kg - 2 kg
OIML Metric Weight Sets cont. 20 kg - 1 mg through 20 kg - 1 kg; 10 kg - 1 mg through 10 kg -1 kg;
5 kg-1 kg
Lead Plugs
Aluminum Plugs
Back-up Plugs
Weight Accessories cont. Clean Room Cases
Clean Room Cases
These cases are ideal for all clean room environments. Made of tough, clear
acrylic, these attractive cases protect your valuable investment while allowing
you to comply to even the most stringently clean room requirements. Inserts
are made of either acrylic or PVC depending on the number and configuration
of weights being stored. Please note that acrylic weight cases have been developed for storage of your weights only. They are not designed for shipping
purposes. Acrylic weight cases are available as an accessory only. Weight sets
will be shipped in our standard wood or PVC cases for the ultimate in protection
during transportation. You will find these cases convenient, attractive, effective
and economical. Please call for a quotation.
Weight Accessories cont. Replacement Cases
Width **
Length **
Closed Height **
th)
(Leng
(Width)
Sealers Cube Wt -- Foam-lined*
* No storage pocket
** Inside case dimensions
Closed Height
Weight Accessories cont. Transfer Carts
Handle Width (MM)
74 1/2" (1892.3)
For use on smooth, level surfaces— especially for moving
500 lb or 1000 lb heavy-capacity weights. Cart can be sealed to a specified weight.
For use on smooth, level surfaces—for holding up to fifteen 50 lb grip handle weights.
Cart can be sealed to a specific weight.
Weight Accessories cont. Touch-Up/Repair Paint
TOUCH-UP/REPAIR PAINT
Gold Sierra
Silver Sierra
Gold Primer
Aerosol Spray (Gold)
Aerosol Spray (Silver)
Sliver Primer
$132.00/gal.
$79.00/gal.
Specially developed metallic paint to keep your cast iron weights looking like new.
Weight Accessories cont. Canvas Dust Cover
Cover Part #
11732 (slab)
Weight and Balance Accessories Gloves
White Cloth (pair)
Plastic (each)
Weight and Balance Accessories Transfer Equipment
Forceps, 3 5/8" 100 g - 1 mg
Forceps, 4 3/4"
Plastic Bar 200 g - 4 kg
Metal Handle 5 kg +
Metal Forceps
* Not recommended for use with polished weights.
Weight and Balance Accessories Slabs and Tables
STANDARD BALANCE SLAB
15" x 20" x 3" 100 lb
Kasota Stone
24" x 35" x 32" 600 lb
STANDARD BALANCE TABLE
Anti-vibration pad 4 x 4 1/4 Thick
Accuracy Classes for Mass
Standards and Test Weights.......216
International Laboratory Weights
& Precision Mass Standards
U.S. Laboratory Weights
Weight Classifiction.....................223
Tolerance Conversion..................224
Weight Tolerances:
Metric and Avoirdupois...............225
Metric Weight Tolerances
Conversion Factors for Units
of Measure..................................227
TMAP Traceable Report..............231
Mass Value Certificate.................232
in Mass Standards......................236
Weight Cleaning Procedures.......239
Balance Verification
Using Calibrated Weights............241
Weights, Balances
and Uncertainty...........................244
Factors in the Environment..........247
Critical Specification
and Ordering Information............252
Shipping Services.......................254
Ordering Mass Standards and Test Weights
The following pages of this catalog contain all the information
you'll need to place your mass standard or test weight order. If
you're new to the specialized field of metrological weights, the
ordering process can be broken into five simple steps:
1.Determine the regulatory standard that applies to
your application. The international standard (OIML) is
summarized on pages 280-881; the U.S. standard
(ASTM E 617) is summarized on pages 283; the U.S.
commercial standard for Legal-for-Trade applications
(NIST Handbook 105-1) is summarized on page 285.
2.Determine the accuracy class appropriate for your application
by reviewing the accuracy and tolerance information below and
on pages 284-289, as well as your internal ISO documentation
and any applicable manufacturer's instructions.
3.Determine the type of laboratory documentation you require
using the information on pages 294.
4.Using the information from steps 1–3 to select the weight
or weight set and appropriate laboratory documentation for
your application as listed on pages 159-257.
5.If your weights will require Legal-for-Trade certification
prior to placing them in service, decide if you would like
the certification to be handled by Rice Lake Weighing
Systems' metrology lab, accredited by the National Voluntary
Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP), or sent to your
state lab. For information on the certification process of
NVLAP-accredited labs, see page 293.
Accuracy Classes for Mass Standards and Test Weights
Current Standard and Test Weight Accuracy Classes
OIML*
Typical Use
ASTM E617*
NIST 105-1*
NBS CIR.
Weight Calibration Certificate Essential
Primary Laboratory Reference Standard
High precision standards for calibration of weights and special precision analytical
balances accuracy Classes I and II (class number depending on precision).
M,S
Weight Calibration Certificate Recommended
High Accuracy Balances
Working standard for precision analytical work, built-in weights and external weights
used to calibrate moderate precision balances
Traceable Certificate Acceptable
Industrial Scales and Balance
Accuracy Class III industrial scales, dial scales, trip balances, platform scales.
Also used for accuracy Class IIIL and IIII, and weights used to calibrate scales
in Legal-for-Trade applications.5
See pages 280-281 for more information on OIML weight classifications
See pages 283 for more information on ASTM E617 weight classifications
See page 285 for more information on NIST 105-1 Class F weight classification
Listed for reference only. NBS Cir. 547 has been superseded by ASTM E 617 classifications
Please refer to page 279 for accuracy class definitions
NIST Handbook 44 Accuracy Classes
Value of the verification scale
division (d or e1)
Number of scale4 divisions (n)
Equal to or greater than 1 mg
1 to 50 mg, inclusive
Equal to or greater than 100 mg
III 22
III L33
IIII
0.1 to 4 g, inclusive
Equal to or greater than 5 g
Equal or greater than 2 kg
Equal to or greater than 5 kg
0.0002 lb to 0.005 lb, inclusive
0.005 oz to 0.125 oz inclusive
Equal to or greater than 0.01 lb
Equal to or greater than 0.25 oz
Equal to or greater than 5 lb
Greater than 0.01 lb
For Class I and II devices equipped with auxiliary reading means (i.e., a rider, a vernier, or a least significant decimal differentiated by size, shape, or
color), the value of the verification scale division "e" is the value of the scale division immediately preceding the auxiliary means.
A scale marked "For prescription weighing only" may have a scale division not less than 0.01g
The value of a scale division for crane and hopper (other than grain hopper) scales shall be not less than 0.2 kg (0.5 lb). The minimum number of scale
divisions shall be not less than 1000.
On a multiple range or multi-interval scale the number of divisions for each range independently shall not exceed the maximum specified for the accuracy class. The number of scale divisions, n, for each range is determined by dividing the scale capacity for each range by the verification scale
division, e for each range. On a scale system with multiple load receiving elements and multiple indications, each element considered shall not independently exceed the maximum specified for the accuracy class. If the system has a summing indicator, the nmax for the summed indication shall not
exceed the maximum specified for the accuracy class.
Inch-Pound Units
International Laboratory Weights & Precision Mass Standards Weight Classification
Excerpts from the Standard Specification for Laboratory Weights and Precision
Mass Standards as Regulated by the Organization Internationale De Metrologie Legale
(OIML): 2004 Edition (E) Publication OIML R 111
This specification covers various classes of weights and mass standards used in laboratories, and weights used
for field standards and commercial measurement.
OIML Weight Classification and Selection
OIML is a worldwide, intergovernmental organization whose
primary aim is to harmonize the regulations and metrological
controls applied by national metrological services, or related
organizations of member states.
The two main categories of OIML publications are:
• International Recommendations (OIML R), which are model
regulations that establish the metrological characteristics
required of certain measuring instruments and which specify
methods and equipment for checking their conformity; the OIML
Member States shall implement these Recommendations to
the greatest possible extent.
• International Documents (OIML D), which are informative in nature
and intended to improve the work of metrological services.
International Recommendations and International Documents
are published in French (F) and English (E), and are subject
to revision.
OIML publications may be obtained from the Organization's
Bureau International de Metrologie Legale 11
Rue Turgot - 75009 Paris
France Telephone: 33 (1) 48 78 12 82 and 42 85 27 11
Fax: 33 (1) 42 82 17 27
Telex: 234 444 SVP SERV F ATTN. OIML
www.OIML.org
Weights used for the verification
of weighing instruments
The classes of accuracy of the weights used for the verification
of weighing instruments shall be specified in the appropriate
International Recommendations relating to these instruments.
Weights used for the verification of weights
of a lower class of accuracy
E1Weights intended to ensure traceability (see OIML R
33, paragraph A.3) between national mass standards
(with values derived from the International Prototype
of the kilogram) and weights of class E2 and lower.
Class E1 weights or sets of weights shall always be
accompanied by a calibration certificate.
E2Weights intended to be used for the initial verification of
weights of class F1. They may be used as class E1 weights
if they comply with the requirements for surface roughness
and magnetic susceptibility of class E1 weights and if their
calibration certificate gives the appropriate data.
F1Weights intended to be used for the initial verification of
weighs of class F2.
weights of class M1 and possibly M2.
M1 weights intended to be used for the initial verification
of weights of class M2.
General Information on Weight Classes: E1, F1, F2 Weights used with instruments of accuracy class I.
E2, F1, F2, M1, M2
F2 Weights intended to be used for important commercial
This Recommendation contains the principle physical characteristics
and metrological requirements for weights which are used:
•For the verification of weighing instruments,
•For the verification of weights of a lower class of accuracy.
The nominal values of mass of the weights covered by this
Recommendation range from 1 milligram (mg) to 50 kilograms (kg).
This recommendation applies to weights in classes of accuracy
as follows: E1, E2, F1, F2, M1, M2 and M3.
transactions (e.g. gold and precious stones) on weighing
instruments of accuracy class II.
M1 Weights intended to be used with weighing instruments
of accuracy class II.
M2Weights intended to be used in normal commercial
transactions and on weighing instruments of accuracy
class III.
M3Weights intended to be used on weighing instruments of
accuracy classes III and IIII.
The accuracy of weights used with weighing instruments shall
be chosen in accordance with the requirements of OIML R 76
"Nonautomatic weighing instruments."
This specification covers various classes of weights and mass standards used in laboratories,
and weights used for field standards and commercial measurement.
Recalibration or Periodic Verification
Class E1 and E2 Weights
Class E1 and E2 weights shall be solid and have no cavity open
to the atmosphere. They shall have an integral construction, i.e.,
consist of a single piece of material.
The categories of weights which are subject to calibration
or initial verification should either be recalibrated or have a
periodic verification. This makes it possible to verify that the
weights maintain their metrological properties. Any weights
found defective at the time of the periodic verification shall be
discarded or readjusted.
Calibration or Initial Verification
Certain categories of new weights may either be calibrated
individually or be subject to initial verification, depending on their
intended use and the national legislation of the country.
Calibration weights shall be accompanied by a certificate
which gives at least the conventional mass of each weight, its
expanded uncertainty and the value of the coverage factor k
(see coverage factor k).
Class E1 weights shall always be accompanied by certificates.
The certificate for class E1 weights shall mention at least the
values of conventional mass, the expanded uncertainty and the
coverage factor k, and the density or volume for each weight.
The optional certificate for class E2 weights shall mention at least:
•T he values of conventional mass of each weight
and the extended uncertainty and the coverage factor k,
•The information required for class E1 weights certificates
(under the conditions of the above paragraph).
Uncertainty of Measurement
Standard uncertainty
Uncertainty of the result of a measurement expressed as an
estimated standard deviation.
Combined standard uncertainty
Standard uncertainty of a measurement result. When that result is
obtained from the values of a number of quantities, it is equal to
the positive square root of the appropriate sum of the variances
and covariances of these quantities. The variance of quantity is
the square of its standard deviation.
Expanded uncertainty
The expanded uncertainty U is obtained by multiplying the
combined standard uncertainty by the coverage factor k. U =
k . uc
Coverage factor k — level of confidence
In most cases, it is appropriate to use the factor k = 2.
For the normal distribution, the factor k = 2 signifies that the
limits of expanded uncertainty apply when the confidence level
is approximately 95%.
Uncertainties for Weights
u2 = u2 ÷ u2 with uA, uB: standard uncertainties of category
A and B, respectively.
Class F1 and F2 Weights
Class F1 and F2 weights from 1g to 50 kg may be one or more
pieces from the same material. Class F1 and F2 weights may
contain an adjusting cavity; however, the volume of this cavity
shall not exceed one-twentieth of the total volume of the weight,
and the cavity shall be closed either by means of the lifting knob
or by any other suitable device.
U.S. Laboratory Weights & Precision Mass Standards Weight Classification
Application Table
Primary Laboratory Reference Standards
Reference standards used for calibrating Class 1 weights
I or II
Built in weights for high quality analytical balances
Calibration weights used with calibration Class II balances, laboratory weights for routine analytical work
Calibration weights used with calibration Class I balances
Standards used for calibratingClass 4 weights
Standards used for calibrating Class 5 weights
Student laboratory use
Rough weighing operations in physical and chemical laboratories such as force measuring apparatus
Term Abbreviations
Name of Unit
Assay Ton
Dram, apothecaries'
Grain, Troy
Conversion Factor
(g/unit of measure)
dr ap
3.8879346 g
0.06479891 g
Ounce, apothecaries (480 grains)
oz ap
31.1034768 g
Ounce, avoirdupois (437.5 grains)
28.349523125 g
Ounce, troy (480 grains)
oz t
453.59237 g
s ap
Pound avoirdupois
Scruple, apothecaries'
U.S. Laboratory Weights & Precision Mass Standards Weight Classification (continued)
Mass Standards: ASTM E 617-97
for field standards and commercial measurement are excluded, as NIST Handbook 105-1 and NIST Handbook 44 cover
those classes of weights.
Weight Classification and Selection
Selection of type and class depends upon the application of the
weights. For pr mary standards, stability and information about
the values of the weights is more important than the closeness of
the values to nominal. Weights to be used with balances of low
precision do not require small tolerances nor need the choice of
materials to be limited to those of high stability. The suggested
application table should serve as a guide in selecting weights
for specific applications.
Weights are divided into two types based upon the design:
Tolerance limitations are described in Classes 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
and 7 as shown in the weight tolerance tables. Classes with small
numerical designations represent smaller tolerances. Classes
0, 1 and 2 are used primarily in metric but are also available in
avoirdupois denominations. Classes 3, 4, 5, 6 and 7 include
tolerances for metric, avoirdupois pound, avoirdupois ounce,
troy ounce, pennyweight, and grain weights. Class 1 through 7
tolerances are comparable to those in the obsolete NIST Circular
547, Section 1, with the following exception: Class 1 replaces the
smaller tolerances of Classes M and S, while Class 2 replaces
the larger tolerances of Classes M and S.
These weights are of one-piece construction and contain
no added adjusting material. They should be specified when
weights are to be used as standards of the highest order and
where maximum stability is required. A precise measurement of
density can be made only for one-piece weights.
Weights of this type can be of any appropriate design such
as screw knob, ring, or sealed plug. Adjusting material can be
used as long as it is of a material at least as stable as the base
material and is contained in such a way that it will not become
separated from the weight.
Class 0 must be Type I, one-piece construction, and classes
1–7 can be either Type I or II depending on the application.
All weights must meet other design requirements for density,
hardness, permitted surface area, surface finish, magnetic
properties, corrosion resistance, surface protection and markings.
Class selection depends upon the degree of stability required.
Density limitations are important in minimizing the effects of air
buoyancy in high precision measurements. Class 0 weights shall
not bear any indication of nominal value.
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION OF LEGAL
E 617*
METEROLOGY RECOMMENDATIONS OIML R111
g&
g & mg
Tolerance for weights of denominations between those listed can be determined as follows:
• If the unit of measure is non-metric, convert the nominal value to a metric unit.
• For weights that are between those listed, the tolerance for the next lower weight shall be applied.
Reprinted, with permission from the Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Copyright American Society for Testing and Materials, 100
Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428. NIST 105-1 Class F Tolerances are based on the 1990 revised tolerance
structure used by State Weights & Measures.
U.S. Field Standard Weight Classification
Specification and Tolerances for Field Standard Weights (NIST Handbook 105-1, Class F, Revised 1990)
These specifications and tolerances are minimum requirements for standards used primarily to test weighing devices.
Key words: Field standard weights, specifications, test weights, tolerances, weights and measures inspection.
A Class F field standard weight (after this, called "weight") is
intended to be used primarily to test commercial weighing devices
for compliance with the requirements of NIST Handbook 441.
Class F weights may be used to test most accuracy Class2 III
scales, all scales of Class IIIL or IIII, and scales not marked
with a class designation.
1.3A weight of 5 grams/0.01 lb up to and including 5 kg/10
lb shall be constructed of material having a hardness of
Rockwell B 80 or greater (such as 300-series stainless
steel), and be resistant to abrasion, corrosion, denting,
and chipping.
1.4A weight larger than 5 kg/10 lb shall be constructed of
materials such as iron, steel, or stainless steel, have a
hardness of Rockwell B 80 or greater, and be resistant
to abrasion, corrosion, denting, and chipping. Cast
iron may be used for weights 10 kg/20 lb and larger.
Body filler (e.g., fiberglass, putty, or plaster) shall not
be used to correct a poor casting or finish.
A weight shall be verified to be within-tolerance prior to use.
The within-tolerance status of a weight shall be rechecked as
often as regulations or circumstances require, especially when
damage to it is known or suspected.
These specifications apply to new weights placed in service
after the publication of this standard; the tolerances apply to all
weights in service.
A weight in service prior to the publication of this standard that
has maintained Class F tolerances between verification tests
shall continue to be acceptable.
The specifications permit the use of a weight at its nominal
value in normal testing operations, where the tolerance on the
item under test is at least three times as great as the tolerance
of the weight3.
A partial list of specifications
from Handbook 105-1
1.1A weight made of brass or a fabricated weight (such as
a laminated weight or a weight of nonuniform density)
shall not be placed in service after the publication date
of this standard (1990).
1.2 A weight smaller than 5 grams/0.01 lb shall be
constructed of stainless steel, tantalum, nickelchromium alloy, aluminum alloy, or other material
sufficiently resistant to corrosion and oxidation that
the surface need not be protected or coated.
2.1The surface finish of a new weight machined from
round bar stock shall have a roughness average of 0.80
micrometers (32 microinches) or better, determined
by use of a hand-held surface roughness indicator
(available from several manufacturers) or more accurate
method, and be free of scratches, dents, and chipped
corners or edges, determined by visual examination. A
beaded or blasted finish (with roughness average 1.25
micrometers (50 microinches) or better) is acceptable
on a cube weight to facilitate gripping.
2.2A weight 5 kg/10 lb or less shall not have a surface
coating.
2.3A weight larger than 5 kg/10 lb constructed of materials
susceptible to corrosion or tarnishing shall have a
protective surface coating. A light coat of sprayed-on
flat aluminum paint is recommended. Lacquer is also
acceptable. Epoxy paint or plated surfaces are not
acceptable. A coating is recommended for the bottom
of a weight, particularly if the bottom is recessed. If
paint or lacquer is used, it shall be hard and resistant to
chipping. Cast metric and avoirdupois field standards
shall be color coded (i.e. gold for metric and silver for
avoirdupois) to differentiate the weights.
NIST Handbook 44, Specifications Tolerances, and Other Technical Requirements
for Weighing and Measuring Devices. (See current edition.)
See Handbook 44, Section 2, Scales Code.
See Handbook 44, Appendix A, par. 3.2.
Avoirdupois Tolerance Conversion
0.500`
Weight Tolerances
Avoirdupois Weight Tolerances
0.00005 lb
44 & NIST Circular 3
Tolerances have been converted from
avoirdupois to metric and rounded to
two significant figures.
NIST 105-1 Class F
Tolerances are based on the 1975
revised tolerance structure used by
State Weights & Measures.
Ordering Weights and Weight Sets
1. Please describe your application and tell us what you need to accomplish with these weight(s) or weight set.
2. What is the maximum amount of weight you will need at any one time?
3. What is the minimum amount of weight you will need at any one time?
4. What tolerance are you looking for?
5.Is your tolerance driven by the equipment under test; the
application; an internal specification document; or another source?
6. What "style" (ASTM, OIML, NIST) is required or preferred?
7. What configuration do you need (5-3-2-1 or 5-2-2-1)?
8. Do you need something that is custom manufactured?
9. What is your budget for this project?
10. Tell us about the environment. Is it
a. Indoor/outdoor?
b. Wet/dry?
c. Windy/still?
d. Corrosive, hazardous, or explosive?
e. A clean room?
f. Are there biohazard, electrostatic, or magnetic
conditions to consider?
g. What else is noteworthy?
11. Are you replacing an existing weight or weight set?
12. If the answer to question number 11 is yes, then:
a. What do you like/dislike about the existing devices?
b. What configuration is the existing set?
c. What style is the existing set?
d. What laboratory documentation is needed for the existing set?
13. Does this weight set need to be legal-for-trade?
14. Do you need ISO/IEC 17025 & ISO 9000 laboratory documentation?
15. If you do not need ISO/IEC 170285 and ISO 9000 laboratory documentation, do you need traceability to NIST?
16. Do you need true mass value?
17. Do you need a book version of the Calibration Report?
18. Do you know how we send out laboratory documentation? Please refer to page 229. Is this acceptable?
19. Do you need a different option?
20. If you are getting any of the laboratory documentation above, do you need a recall date?
21. Would you like a complimentary precision measurement poster with your order?
22.What other precision services/equipment (recalibration, balances, accessories, liquid handling, static electricity,
containment) do you use?
Conversion Factors for Units of Measure
All shaded figures are exact.
To convert one unit of measure to another, use our online conversion calculator at www.ricelake.com/precision
0.041 666 67
APOTHECARIES
DRAMS
0.002 285 714
0.000 771 617 9
0.000 035 273 96
1 grain
1 apoth.
scruple
1 pennyweight=
1 avdp. dram =
1 apoth. dram=
1 avdp. oz =
1 apoth. or
troy ounce =
troy pound =
1 avdp. lb
1 milligram =
1 kilogram =
ACRUPLES
PENNYWEIGHTS
Units of Mass not greater than Pounds and Kilograms
1 pennyweight =
OR TROY OUNCES
OR TROY POUNDS
0.00 173 611 1
MILLIGRAMS
KILOGRAMS
1295.978 2
1555.173 84
1771.845 195 312 5
1.771 845 195 312 5
1 apoth. dram
1 avdp. oz
troy pound
1 milligram
28 349.523 125
28.349 523 125
0.001 771 845 195
31 103.476 8
31.103 476 8
373 241.721 6
0.000 0001
Units of Mass not greater than Avoirdupois Ounces
1 short
hundredweight=
1 short ton
1 long ton
1 metric ton =
HUNDREDWEIGHTS
SHORT TONS
LONG TONS
METRIC TONS
45.359 237
1016.046 908 8
Based on National Institute of Standards and Technology LC-1071, Factors for High-Precision Conversions, July 1976
Calibration Service Selection Guide
to determine the calibration
service you need
Need NVLAP accredited* laboratory
certificate or report to meet ISO/IEC
17025 & ISO 9000 requirements?
What Weight Class?
ASTM 0, 1,
2, 3; OIML
E2, F1, or F2
ASTM 4, 5, 6,
7; NIST F; OIML
M1, M2, M3
Traceability to NIST?
TMAP
RLWS
• Weight classes: ASTM 0–3,
OIML E2, F1, F2
•W
eight classes: ASTM 4–7,
NIST F, OIML M1, M2, M3
• W
OIML, F1, F2
• Meets all the requirements
of the National Voluntary
Laboratory Accreditation
Program (NVLAP)
•M
eets all the requirements
• U
ncertainty to tolerance
ratios are not guaranteed
to be met
• Provides traceability to NIST
• Meets requirements for
ISO/IEC 17025 and
ANSI/NCSL Z540-1
eets requirements for
• Lists the environmental
conditions present at time
of calibration
•L
ists the environmental
conditions present at time of
• Report cites that the test
was done by RLWS, a
NVLAP-accredited
•C
ertificate cites that the
test was done by RLWS,
a NVLAP-accredited
• Report states that RLWS
is ISO 9001 registered
•R
eport states that RLWS
• L
ists actual weight
values, uncertainties,
and tolerances
• M
easurements are
traceable to NIST
• Not an accredited certificate
of Accuracy
(Only applicable to new weights).
• All weight classes
• T
olerance statement
of the weight
• N
ominal value of the
weight is listed
olerance for the specific
weight class is noted
• D
oes not give traceability
to NIST
• Before, after, or uncertainties
values are not listed
* Accredited by the National Voluntary
Laboratory Accreditation Program
(NVLAP) for the specific scope of
accreditation under Lab Code 105001.
This document conforms to ANSI/NCSL Z540-1 and the
superseded Military Standard Spec 45662A. The weighing designs
used for this calibration are extensive and consist of repeated
comparisons, the same as those used at the national level (NIST).
When these calibrations are performed, the 4-to-1 uncertainty
to tolerance ratio is met for a weight range of 10 kg to 1 mg,
thus giving the most accurate values of the weights as possible.
Weights that include this document are traceable to NIST.
TMAP Traceable Certificate
This document conforms to ANSI/NCSL Z540-1 and includes
all the necessary information that is required by the superseded
Military Standard Spec 45662A. We use a modified weighing
design, and provide the following information: nominal and
correction values, tolerance for the specific class, assumed
density, and the environmental conditions present at the time
the tests were performed. Weights that include this certificate
are traceable to NIST.
RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report
This document witnesses actual weight values, as well as
uncertainties and tolerances. Weights carrying this documentation
are traceable to NIST. However, the uncertainty to tolerance ratios
are not guaranteed. This is not an accredited document.
This is neither a traceable nor accredited document. This document
states that the mass (weight) has been compared to a known
standard. The standards used must have traceability to NIST and
the certificate will list the report number, nominal value, description
of weight (or kit), serial number, class and tolerance.
TMAP Traceable Certificate vs.
TMAP Calibration Report
The major difference between the two is the method in which
the weights are compared to the known standard. They both
give the actual values and uncertainties. The TMAP Calibration
Report will, however, give a smaller uncertainty and a more precise
value of the actual mass due to the multiple measurements that
are made during the calibrating process.
•The assumed density of the weight being tested so that
atmospheric buoyancy corrections can be applied.
Which Document Do I Need?
This is one of the most frequently asked questions we hear at
our Mass Metrology Laboratory and often times, the decision
has already been made for you depending on the class of weight
being evaluated.
Sometimes the answer is obvious, as when a company has legal
or contractual requirements that mandate a specific document.
Government contracts may dictate a document to meet certain
Military Standard specifications. Often the need for quality
control requirements for ISO-9000 guidelines specify that certain
standards be met in their weight documentation.
In the absence of any programs or guidelines within your company,
the Accuracy Classes for Mass Standards and Test Weights chart
on page 247 can be used as a guide to define whether a TMAP
Calibration Report or TMAP Traceable Certificate is required.
A Certificate of Accuracy is adequate if the actual values and
stated uncertainties of the weights are not necessary, and only
the tolerances of the specific class are needed. These documents
are normally adequate for weights used to calibrate industrial
balances and scales more than 6 kg in capacity. The mass
standards used by Rice Lake Weighing Systems are used to
verify that those weights are within the necessary tolerances and
are traceable to NIST. Weights with this document do not meet
the requirements needed in legal-for-trade scale applications.
Legal-for-Trade Weight Applications
NIST Class F weights are required for all legal-for-trade applications
which include any product that is sold by weight. This would
include all retail scales and floor and truck scales. For these
applications we recommend a traceable certificate, which will
give actual values and uncertainties of the weights. Most State
Weights and Measures Departments require this information as
a minimum to allow weights to be put into field service.
This is usually the same information that the state gives when
they certify weights. Check with your state and local Weights and
Measures Department for acceptance of our documentation.
Both the TMAP Traceable Certificate and TMAP Calibration
Report will include the following information:
•Actual mass values or the corrections to the nominal mass
of the weight being calibrated vs. 8 grams/cm3.
•The uncertainty of the measurement process as it relates to
the item being calibrated.
• The environmental conditions present during the test.
A customer requesting a TMAP (Total Measurement Assurance Program) Calibration Report needing traceability to NIST is looking
for actual weight readings, corrections and uncertainty values. To produce this document, a calibration laboratory must maintain
a statistical measurement process acceptable by NIST. Also, depending on the weight class and the accuracy required, different
standards and procedures need to be incorporated to make sure the level of uncertainty is appropriate for the item being tested.
The Weight Calibration Report is in compliance with ISO International Standard 17025 and ANSI/NCSL Z540-1 requirements.
The special software used to produce the TMAP Calibration Report was developed specifically for Rice Lake Weighing Systems.
These programs and procedures allow Rice Lake Weighing Systems to achieve and help maintain lower uncertainties.
The TMAP Calibration Report includes the following information:
1 Name and address of` the calibration laboratory
2 Identification of the calibrated item and serial
number, if applicable
3 Nominal mass value
4 As found condition of the weight
5 As left condition of the weight
6 A statement of the estimated value
of uncertainty1
7 Tolerance for the specific class
8 Your Traceable Report Number
9 NIST Certificate number
10 Environmental condition
at time of test
11 Procedure used
12 NVLAP Accreditation logo
13 Calibration and due date of RLWS standards.
This represents the date that RLWS standard
is due for recalibration. This RLWS standard
was used to check the performance of your
weight. This date in no way reflects an expiration date of the certificate, nor does it infer
or specify a recall date. The expiration of the
certificate and the specification of a recall date
are user assigned responsibilities under
NIST H150-1.
14 Contractor name and address
15 Client name and address
16 Record of the weighing equipment
17 Assumed density of the weight being tested
Refer to page 228 for Calibration Service Selection Guide.
A reported value without all required parameters cannot be used in any link of traceability. Therefore, a calibration report without an uncertainty statement is useless.
TMAP Traceable Report
A customer requesting a TMAP Traceable Certificate, needs proof of traceability to NIST, actual mass values and uncertainties. Comparisons must be made between the item being tested and a known standard being used. The laboratory performing the testing must
verify that the proper procedures and standards are being used so that the uncertainties are suitable for the test
that is required. The known standard and procedure used for the tolerance test is essential to the traceable document.
Prior to the comparison between the known standard and the item(s) submitted for test, the known standard must be sufficiently tested
over time to produce predictable measurements. Also, the procedure used to do the comparison must be accurate enough so the uncertainty of the measurement is small enough to generate a valid report.
This report should contain all of the data related to the tolerance test. After testing, a TMAP Traceable Certificate
is issued and will include:
2 Identification of the calibrated item
and serial number, if applicable
10 Environmental condition at time of test
In addition, our NVLAP-accredited lab
will also include:
12 The NVLAP official logo will be displayed
when the documentation meets the scope
of accreditation under Lab Code 105001
This represents the date that the RLWS
standard is due for recalibration. This RLWS
standard was used to check the performance
of your weight. This date in no way reflects an
expiration date of the certificate, nor does it
infer or specify a recall date. The expiration of
the certificate and the specification of a recall
date are user assigned responsibilities under
NIST H150-1
15 Assumed density of the weights being tested
1 A reported value without all required parameters cannot be used in any link of traceability.
Therefore, a traceable report without an uncertainty statement is useless.
RLWS Traceable Mass Value Certificate
A customer requesting a RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report, needs proof of traceability to NIST, and actual values and uncertainties.
Comparisons must be made between the item being tested and the standard being used. The known standard used for the tolerance
test is essential to the traceable document.
Prior to comparison between the known standard and the item submitted for testing, the known standard must be sufficiently tested over
time to produce predictable measurements.
This report should contain all of the data related to the test. After testing, a RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report is issued. Although the
RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report provides traceability to NIST, it is not a NVLAP accredited document. If an accredited document is
required, please refer to the TMAP Traceable Certificate and/or TMAP Calibration Report.
The RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report
includes the following information:
1 Name and address
of` the calibration laboratory
uncertainty1
13 Calibration and due date of RLWS
standards. This represents the date that
RLWS standard is due for recalibration.
This RLWS standard was used to check
the performance of your weight. This date
in no way reflects an expiration date of
the certificate, nor does it infer or specify
a recall date. The expiration of the certificate and the specification of a recall date
14 Assumed density of the weights
being tested
reported value without all required parameters cannot be used in any link of traceability.
Certificate of Accuracy*
A customer requesting a Certificate of Accuracy, needs proof that the nominal values represented by the mass in question have
been designed and manufactured to within exacting specifications.
The Certificate of Accuracy provides just such a document when and where traceability to NIST, and/or the need for a NVLAP accredited document is not a concern. The Certificate of Accuracy is the lowest level of documentation offered by Rice Lake Weighing
Systems. Check with your internal procedures and policies to determine what type of documentation you require and thoroughly
review the RLWS Traceable Mass Value Report, TMAP Traceable Certificate, and TMAP Calibration Report options prior to selecting
this laboratory documentation.
The Certificate of Accuracy includes the following information:
1 Name and address of` the company that adjusted the weights
2 Part number
3 Description/Serial number
5 Name and address of company
that items were sold to
that items are shipped to
*Only applicable to new weights.
Not a legal-for-trade or traceable document.
How Will a NVLAP-Accredited Calibration Lab Benefit Me?
NVLAP Lab Code 105001
While the present benefits of using a NVLAP-accredited lab
for your weight calibration services are readily apparent, the
future benefits—both in the U.S. and abroad—when the NVLAP
program gains widespread approval, will be truly exciting.
and mass standards to your local state lab for certification (or to
another state lab with a reciprocity agreement). You may place
your legal-for-trade test weights into service only after that official
lab performs its tests.
Rice Lake Weighing Systems is proud to have its mass calibration
laboratory awarded the NIST/NVLAP recognition of excellence.
Its metrology staff has participated in basic, intermediate, and
advanced NIST/OWM training seminars, regional metrology
groups such as MidMAP, and round-robin measurement
programs with state labs since regional groups were established
in the early 1980s. Now, with the NVLAP program in place, Rice
Lake Weighing Systems has demonstrated its ability to meet
accreditation requirements equal to the state calibration labs.
Check with your state or local Weights and Measures officials to
determine the approval status of legal-for-trade weights in your state
before ordering certification by Rice Lake Weighing Systems.
Rice Lake Weighing Systems' NVLAP-accredited lab can
certify weights to accuracy echelon I, II, and III, and ship them
directly to customers. See page 286 for typical uses of these
accuracy classes.
For international customers, NVLAP-accredited calibration
validates the traceable link to the BIPM international standard
so often required by ISO-9000 registered companies.
In the very near future, the NVLAP program should bring a
measure of reciprocity and universal standardization that the
weights and measures industry has long sought. The NVLAP
standards were tailored to the calibration requirements of the
major European accreditation bodies, so ready acceptance of
calibrations from American NVLAP-accredited labs is expected
by the European community.
Acceptance of NVLAP by individual states in the U.S. is currently
under way. If your state recognizes NVLAP accreditation and
grants reciprocity, Rice Lake Weighing Systems can calibrate
and ship certified test weights to any location in your state.
BIPM
If your state has not granted reciprocity for NVLAP-accredited
calibrations, we will continue to send commercial test weights
No NVLAP Lab and/or
No Acceptance by State W & M
NVLAP Lab and
Acceptance by State W & M
US Standard:
Weight Supplier with NIST/
State Lab
What is Traceability?
Indirect Traceability
Traceability is documentation—essentially a pedigree—showing
a direct link to the official U.S. 1 kg weight standards housed
at the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) in
Gaithersburg, MD. These NIST standards are in turn calibrated
to the international 1 kg standard maintained at the BIPM lab
in Sevres, France.
Indirect traceability exists when a client's weight or mass standard
is tested by a metrology lab that has direct traceability and has the
necessary measurement control program in place. An important
aspect of this measurement control and testing program is the
participation in a NIST-certified measurement assurance program,
which reduces the possibility of errors.
Traceability not only means that a weight or mass standard has
links to the NIST 1 kg standard, but also that the measurements
were appropriate for the accuracy class required for the application.
Traceability also requires proof that all environmental factors affecting
accuracy were considered at the lab doing the measurement.
To clarify the two types of traceability, remember that direct
traceability comes directly from NIST. For example, Rice Lake
Weighing Systems' Calibration Lab has direct traceability, as shown
in the diagram below. The calibrations we perform for our customers
provide indirect traceability. Likewise, when that customer uses its
Rice Lake Weighing Systems calibrated test weights to calibrate
a balance or scale, it is providing indirect traceability.
Direct Traceability
Direct traceability means a weight or mass standard has
been tested by NIST. NIST then issues a report number to the
organization for whom they have performed measurements.
Because the report is valid only for the items tested by NIST,
a calibration lab such as Rice Lake Weighing Systems must
submit its set of mass standards to NIST for testing. This report
provides direct traceability for the lab's mass standards, which
can then be used in calibrating weights for clients.
When is Traceability Necessary?
•Federal agencies require measurement traceability
to national standards for contract work.
• Military contracts invariably require traceability.
•Pharmaceutical, scientific, and medical products
manufacturers usually specify traceability.
•ISO-9000 registered companies nearly always require
proof of traceability to the international standard.
Direct Relationship
Indirect Relationship
There are two types of traceability: direct and indirect.
Properties of Magnetism in Mass Standards
Since this article was first published, the concern over magnetism
in test weights has evolved to a new level. Unfortunately, a
number of issues surrounding the measurement of magnetism in
mass measurement has created frustration for mass calibration
laboratories and for accreditation bodies. NCSLI recently met to
bring together interested parties to discuss issues with the intent
of coming to some resolutions on how to handle the various
issues. As a result of these discussions a number of resolutions
was adopted.
aboratories should not include an uncertainty component for
magnetism measurements in mass calibrations.
2. N
VLAP's position is that for Echelon I and II measurements
(corresponding to OIML R 111 classes E1, E2, F1, and F2)
laboratories should
1) S
tate on their reports whether or not they are screening
for magnetism
2) State that no component is included in their uncertainty
statement for magnetism effects
3) Include a discussion/written agreement as to the laboratory's
practice regarding magnetism screening (or lack of screening) as
a part of normal contract review with laboratory customers.
So then, why does RLWS screen test weights for magnetic
influences? Our dedication to provide you with the utmost value
for your dollar. Should we fail to test for magnetism, we could
inadvertently provide you with erroneous calibration data. This data
would not be repeatable in your facility. Therefore the assurance
and traceability of your own work could be jeopardized.
Our philosophy always has been and will always be to take care
of the customer first.
By testing for magnetic influences prior to executing a test weight
calibration, we continue to provide you with a quality of work
unparalleled within the industry, keeping your needs first.
What Problems Can Magnetic
Balances Cause?
When working with balances, magnetic field strength can be
increased in a standard that has high susceptibility, even if the
standard previously had a low or insignificant magnetic field
strength. The solution seems obvious: don't expose the standard
to a balance with magnetic properties. This is easier said than
done. A balance with magnetic properties will reproduce its
measurements as long as there are no other magnetic fields
intersecting the balance's own field; thus, the magnetic field of
the balance goes undetected. Introducing a standard into the
balance's magnetic field, even one with very low field strength,
has the potential to increase the magnetism of the standard. In
this manner, a standard that formerly had no problems could
potentially accumulate serious problems. To avoid this situation,
the magnetic field of the balance and the magnetic susceptibility
of the standard must be measured.
In 1994, a Magnetic Round Robin was performed by several
metrology laboratories to test the effect magnetism has on weight
measurements. This round robin was designed to show how close
the laboratories' results would be after performing a calibration on
1 kg standards with known magnetic properties.
The balances compared and the approximate standard deviation
of observed differences for these tests are shown below.
These tests show that a balance responds to magnetic properties
of a mass regardless of the type of force the magnetic properties
are exerting. However, the magnetic fields which are present
Balance Comparison
400 mG magnetic vs. 800 m non-magnetic
400 mG magnetic vs. a non-magnetic
400 mG magnetic vs. a different non-magnetic
Non-magnetic vs. another non-magnetic
in one balance are not necessarily reproduced in a different
balance. Because of this phenomenon, it is difficult to reproduce
the measurements from one facility to another. If this theory is true,
the link of traceability for standards with magnetic properties is
obviously broken because the magnetism causes an inability to
reproduce consistent measurement results.
The graph below shows the results of the magnetic round robin,
clearly showing the inconsistencies that can occur.
Results of magnetic round robin.
Deviation of Observed Differences (mg)
Magnetic RR
400 mG magnetic
a non-magnetic
a different
How Does Magnetism Develop During
the Manufacturing of Mass Standards?
The existence of magnetic properties during the manufacturing
of mass standards warrants careful consideration. Due to the
numerous possibilities of creating magnetic properties, it is
difficult to produce a mass standard from austenitic (virtually non-
Properties of Magnetism in Mass Standards (continued)
On April 11, 1946, F. A. Gould from the National Physical Laboratory
wrote in the Journal of Scientific Instrumentation: "Analytical weights
of stainless steel have been on the market for several years. The
kind of stainless steel used for their construction is one which
purports to be reasonably non-magnetic, being of the austenitic
variety; and up to the present time the 18/8 type of austenitic steel,
that containing 18% chromium and 8% nickel, has been employed
for this purpose in this country. The quality of the finished weights,
however, has not been very satisfactory in regard to their magnetic
properties, and some have been found permanently magnetized
to an appreciable extent."
Mass standards are manufactured through a variety of methods,
including turning, milling, and casting. Before beginning the
manufacturing process, it is imperative to choose the proper
materials. When choosing materials, the most important factors
to consider are machinability, corrosion resistance, porosity, and
magnetic properties. The magnetic properties generally develop
when austenitic stainless steel is cold worked. Although cold
working adds tensile strength, mass standards do not normally
require added tensile strength.
Which Materials are Best for
Manufacturing Mass Standards?
Three hundred (300) series stainless steels are often used to
manufacture mass standards because their chemical composition
is highly resistant to corrosion. Certain materials found within 300
series stainless steels such as iron, cobalt, and nickel may possess
ferromagnetism. Ferromagnetism occurs when a small external
magnetic field produces an alignment of atomic magnetic dipole
moments, which in some cases can persist even when there is no
external magnetic field. This occurs because the magnetism of these
substances exerts such a strong force over a small region of space
that the magnetism is found on surrounding materials, even when
no external magnetic field exists. In addition, cold working these
materials often changes the austenite to ferrite in the material.
Several tests were conducted by the National Physical Laboratory,
United Kingdom, to evaluate the materials used for manufacturing
weights. In one of these tests, finished weights of 18/8 steel
obtained from several sources of supply were tested. About half
of the weights in these tests exhibited a magnetic permeability
of 1.02 or less, but the remainder of the weights showed higher
magnetism. Several weights showed a permeability value of 1.1,
and one showed a high permeability value of 2.6. Some of this
material was found to have become permanently magnetized to
an elevated extent.
Because of the variety of austenitic steel which is available, additional
tests were performed to help in the selection of a material with nonmagnetic properties. These tests found that 18/8 materials were not
satisfactory with respect to magnetic properties. Figure 3 depicts the
magnetic permeability of different stainless steel compositions.
When comparing the processes required to manufacture mass
standards or to manufacture the stainless steel to produce the
standards, this chart provides a general idea of the magnetism
problems which may occur. Most purchasing personnel are not
aware of the problems of magnetism, so when the purchase of
materials takes place, materials are requested by their manufacturing
names, such as 310, 304, and 316.
These names are like recipes in that they give a process for heat
treating the material and a range for the chemical composition.
Most of these materials have a heat treating process that returns
the materials to an austenite state after any cold working process.
However, sometimes this heat treating process may leave the
materials bent or twisted. So in order to supply vendors with the
proper materials, a secondary process to straighten the materials
must be performed. This process is still within the requirements
for the materials, but the cold working during the straightening
process leaves the materials with magnetic properties. This is most
common in smaller size diameters.
Aside from the risk of the materials having magnetic properties from
the start, weight manufacturers add to the possibility of elevating
magnetism during the series of cold working processes necessary
to produce the mass standard. Manufacturers must use either a
saw or lathe operation to start the process. The removal of any
metal in this fashion is considered a cold working process. Polishing
and stamping are also cold working processes. These operations
can and do produce magnetic properties in the standards.
Magnetic Permeability After Cold
Rolled to give a 33% Reduction in Area
magnetic, highly corrosion resistant) stainless steel completely free
of magnetic properties.
What are the Requirements for Magnetic
Properties in Mass Standards?
The United States uses the American Society for Testing Materials
(ASTM) specification E 617-917 for specifying the requirements
of magnetic properties in laboratory weights and precision mass
standards. This specification was replaced by the National Bureau
of Standards (NBS) Circular 547, Section 1 in 1978 and recognizes
the international recommendations of the Organization Internationale
De Metrologie Legale (OIML) R111, edition 1994.
According to the ASTM E 617 specification, magnetic properties
must be measured in magnetic field gradients because unshielded
devices in the vicinity of the measurement can affect the accuracy
of measurements. Higher grades of weights have lower magnetic
susceptibility. Grades S, S', O, and P should not be more magnetic
than 300 stainless steel.
The OIML international recommendations include requirements for
magnitude of magnetic susceptibility. They state that the metal or
alloy used for weights of classes E1 and E2 shall be practically nonmagnetic (magnetic susceptibility K not to exceed K=0.01 for class
E1, K=0.03 for class E2, and K=0.05 for classes F1 and F2).
How Can Magnetism be Avoided?
Although magnetism cannot be completely avoided, steps can be
taken to control the effects of magnetism on the accuracy of weight
measurements. The area where the weighing occurs should be
tested with a gaussmeter for magnetism created by electrical wiring,
motors, and any other components in the area. If the testing shows
magnetism is present in the area, another location should be chosen
for the measuring process.
A gaussmeter should also be used to test the balances for magnetism.
Even if the standards have very low magnetic strength, the internal
components of a balance may cause varying results. For example,
if the components of the balance have a magnetic charge, the
standard introduced to the balance will change the force exerted
on the load device, causing inconsistent results from one device to
another. Balances should be tested whenever there is any suspicion
of magnetic problems, such as erratic weight measurements. The
gaussmeter shows which part or parts of the balance are magnetized
and need to be replaced.
The elimination of magnetism in mass standards is not likely to happen.
However, if the proper steps are taken, the magnetism in mass
standards can be significantly reduced. Starting with the manufacturing
process, the proper methods and materials must be chosen. Then,
the mass standards should be tested for magnetic properties. Finally,
remember that the magnetism inherent in the environment, balances,
and standards will cause some degree of inconsistency in mass
measurements, no matter what preventive steps are taken.
How are the Magnetic Properties of
Mass Standards Measured?
Although specific requirements for magnetic susceptibility are a good
start, magnetic field strength is also a very important factor that needs
to be measured. Susceptibility adds to the potential of an item becoming
magnetized or further charged. Measuring the magnetic field strength of
the standard shows whether or not the magnetism is significant enough
to cause mass measurement errors.
Richard Davis of Bureau International des Poids et Mesures (BIPM) wrote
an article entitled, "New Method to Measure Magnetic Susceptibility,"
in which he describes a process he developed for measuring magnetic
susceptibility. The following pieces of equipment are used to perform
the measurements:
The balance must have a 5 g capacity (to leave enough range in
the balance to place the column and magnet on it and perform the
measurement) and a resolution of ≥1 micrograms. The weighing
chamber is a glass tube with a removable glass top. The original top
is replaced with one made of an aluminum alloy because aluminum
contains very little magnetism.
Two high quality cylindrical magnets (constructed of neodymiumiron-boron) are used in this measuring process. Each magnet has a
height of 2.5 mm and a diameter of 5 mm. The axis of magnetization
coincides with the geometric axis of the cylinder. Two such magnets
are combined to produce a cylinder of height equal to diameter.
The magnet sits on a tubular pedestal that is centered on the balance
pan. Holes drilled through the wall of the tube ensure that the total mass
of the magnet and pedestal is well within the capacity of the balance.
Samples are centered on an aluminum alloy bridge that straddles
the weighing chamber of the balance. The bridge must be designed
so the span can be made level with respect to the balance pan. The
span should be as thin as possible, with adequate mechanical rigidity.
If the span sags in the middle, samples with a large diameter will be
farther from the magnet than samples with a small diameter.
It is convenient to place the bridge on non-magnetic gauge blocks so
that it may be raised or lowered in precise 5 mm increments.
Magnetic Susceptibility Standard
The magnetic susceptibility standard can be the identical shape of
the item being tested or a cylindrical shape that has been calibrated
by known standards.
Once all of the equipment has been assembled, the distance from
the center of the magnets to the top of the bridge must be calculated
to determine the magnetic force. This can be done by using the
known magnetic standard. After the distance is calculated, the
samples that need to be tested may be introduced. The samples
are calculated based on the distance from the magnets and the
response of the balance. If the samples have different geometrical
values, additional calculations must be performed to solve for the
volume of magnetic susceptibility.
Weight Cleaning Procedures
The following GMP No. 5 is an excerpt from NBS Handbook 145, Handbook for the Quality Assurance of Metrological
Measurements, November, 1986 and is provided for informational and reference use only.
It is essential that weights being calibrated as well as the standards used be clean if the calibration is to be accurate and meaningful. Therefore,
a cleaning procedure should be considered as a part of every calibration.
Categories of Weights
atmosphere. If reliable mass values are to be obtained, the charge must
be bled off the weights before calibration.
1. One-piece
weights: This category will include all one-piece weights
except lacquered weights, sheet metal weights, and small wire
weights.
Sheet metal weights
2. S
crew-knob weights: This category will include all weights with
adjusting cavities except lacquered weights.
acquered weights: This category includes all lacquered or painted
4. Sheet metal weights and wire weights.
One-piece weights
One-piece weights, one gram and larger, are steam cleaned. The weights
are either held or placed in a jet of steam and manipulated so that the entire
surface of the weight is subjected to the cleaning action of the steam long
enough to clean it. A superficial steaming is not enough. The weight is
then dried, either by evaporation or careful wiping with a soft non-abrasive
material such as high grade cheesecloth, free from oil and other substances
that could leave a residue on the weights. Care must be exercised that
no water spots are left on the weights as they dry. Visible particles on the
weights should be brushed or wiped off before steam cleaning them. If
a steam generator is not available, one-piece weights may be cleaned
either by immersing them in a hot or boiling distilled water bath in a nonmetallic container, or according to the procedures for screw-knob weights.
Occasionally, a weight will have foreign material adhering to it that requires
the use of solvents. Ethyl alcohol is a good general solvent. If alcohol does
not remove the material, other solvents may be used. Alcohol is then used
to remove any film left by the other solvents. The weights are then steam
cleaned as outlined above.
Screw-knob weights
Weights in this category are usually cleaned by wiping with a soft non-abrasive
material such as high-grade cheesecloth, free from oils or other substances
that would leave a residue of any kind on the surface. Occasionally, a weight
will have foreign matter adhering to it that requires cleaning by using solvents,
applied with a cloth. Ethyl alcohol is a good general solvent. If alcohol does
not remove the foreign material, other solvents may be used. Alcohol is then
used to remove any film left by the other solvents.
Lacquered weights
The cleaning of lacquered weights requires special care because their
protective lacquer coating is soluble in most solvents. Lacquered weights
are cleaned by wiping with a soft non-abrasive material, free from oils and
other substances that would contaminate the weights, or by brushing
with a soft brush such as a camel hair brush, or both. A rubber bulb type
syringe may be used to blow off lint or other small particles, however, be
careful not to touch the weights with the nozzle. An electrostatic charge
may be placed on the surfaces of the weights during the cleaning process
or while handling them. This could be especially troublesome in a very dry
Either of the following two procedures may be used in cleaning sheet metal
and other small one-piece weights.
Two-step method
First, the weights are placed in an acetone bath agitated to help loosen any
foreign material. A soft brush, such as a camel hair brush, may be used to
agitate the weights. The weights are removed from the acetone, allowed to
dry and then steam cleaned. For steam cleaning, the weights are held in front
of a jet of steam with forceps until the entire surface has been covered with
steam. (See note on the next page). In order that the portion of the surface
under the forceps may be steamed, the weight is set down and picked up
again with the forceps holding the weight at a different spot than the first
time; the weight is again steamed. Do not allow the weights to touch the
steam nozzle. A low ash filter paper should be used for drying the sheet
metal weights. A circular disk is folded unsymmetrically. The main body of
the weight is placed between the folds of the paper with the turned up edge
of the weight protruding. The main body of the weight is dried by pressing
lightly on the top of the paper. The turned up edge is brushed lightly with
a piece of filter paper. In some cases, it may be necessary to brush the
body of the weight with filter paper to remove drops of water. Care must be
exercised that no water spots are left on the weights as they dry.
Three-step method
First, the weights are placed in an acetone bath and agitated with a soft
brush to help loosen any foreign material adhering to the weights. The
weights are removed from the acetone, allowed to dry, then placed in an
ethyl alcohol bath and agitated. The weights are removed from the alcohol
bath, allowed to dry, and then steam cleaned and dried as outlined in the
two step procedure.
Note: The smaller fractional weights, say smaller than 1 g, may be placed in a hot
or boiling distilled water bath for the final cleaning instead of steam cleaning them. A
hot or boiling distilled water bath also may be used for the final cleaning of all sheet
metal weights when a steam generator is not available.
Cleaning Interval
Weights under test
The weights under test are cleaned before calibration.
Standards need not be cleaned every time they are used. If the standards
are handled carefully, and kept under a reasonable dust tight cover, when
not in use, in a clean atmosphere, the interval between cleanings may be
several months, or until the calibration procedure checks indicate that
the standards are changing and may need cleaning. Under less favorable
conditions the interval may be only a few weeks.
For cleaning purposes, weights may be divided into four categories:
Weight Cleaning Procedures (continued)
The following GMP No. 5 is an excerpt from NBS Handbook 145, Handbook for the Quality Assurance of Metrological Measurements, November,
1986 and is provided for informational and reference use only.
It is essential that weights being calibrated as well as the standards used be clean if the calibration is to be accurate and meaningful. Therefore, a cleaning procedure
should be considered as a part of every calibration.
Temperature Equilibrium
Newly cleaned weights should be allowed to come to temperature
equilibrium before they are calibrated. This may take several hours for the
larger weights that have been steam cleaned.
Generally, laboratory weights will come to temperature equilibrium over
Usually, weights are not placed in the balance immediately after cleaning,
but are stored for varying periods. The weights should be stored under
cover so that they will stay clean. Weights, one gram and larger, may be
stored on a tray lined with filter paper and covered with an inverted glass
dish. The smaller weights may be stored in a small glass dish covered with
a watch glass. In both cases, the container should be labeled with the
weight identification. When the weights are to be moved, carry the tray or
dish in a level position so that the weights do not slide around.
When the weights are placed in the balance, they should be carefully
brushed to remove any particles that may be on them. A small bulb type
rubber syringe is useful in removing lint and other small particles from
weights. The particles are blown off the weights. Therefore, neither the
nozzle nor any other part of the syringe need touch the weights, and care
must be taken that they do not.
The apparatus consists of a stainless steel cylinder placed on a hot plate.
The cylinder has several loops of copper tubing coiled around the outside
center of the cylinder as cooling coils. The cylinder also has a cover to
minimize the escape of vapors of the solvents used in the cleaning process.
A basket is suspended from the cover inside the cylinder. A single weight
or several small weights are placed in the basket. Solvent (e.g. ACS
grade trichloro-ethylene) is placed in the cylinder to a depth of about 2.5
cm. The solvent is heated to boiling. Cold water is circulated through the
cooling coils. The solvent condenses on the weight, thereby cleaning
the weight, and drops off into the liquid at the bottom of the cylinder.
The cleaning process is run for 15-20 minutes. The standards are then
air dried and allowed to return to room temperature. The weights, when
removed from the degreaser, are hot so that residual solvent evaporates
in a few seconds.
(Caution: Weights should be removed from the degreaser immediately after cleaning to prevent
possible electrolytic corrosion.)
All of the equipment used in cleaning and handling weights should, of
course, be clean. But, brushes require special attention because they are
easily contaminated and often are the last cleaning device used before
the weights are calibrated. Only soft brushes, such as camel hair brushes,
should be used on weights.
The brushes are cleaned by washing with soap and water, then rinsing
in ethyl alcohol and allowed to dry in air. When drying the brushes, place
them so that the bristles do not touch anything. New brushes are cleaned
before using to remove any oil or other matter that might contaminate the
weights. Used brushes are cleaned as often as necessary to be sure that
the brushes themselves do not contaminate the weights. Store cleaned
brushes in containers that will keep them clean until needed. When
handling the brushes, do not touch the bristles, as oil from the skin will
contaminate them. When the brushes are laid down, place them so that
the bristles do not touch anything.
A steam generator may be purchased from a laboratory supply house or
one can be constructed.
A simple steam generator may be constructed from a 500 mL wash-bottle,
a two hole stopper, some glass tubing, a hot plate for the heat source, a
large graduate, and some flexible tubing.
Vapor Degreaser
Weights may be cleaned by vapor degreasing, using an apparatus such
as shown in Figure 1 below.
Balance Verification Using Calibrated Weights
4.Weight Selection Criteria. Selecting the appropriate size and class of
an electronic balance calibration weight is not a difficult process.
Option 1: Refer to the instructions provided by the manufacturer
of the balance or other weighing device. Generally, the size
(capacity) and class of the recommended test weight will be
included for your reference.
Option 2: Manually calculate the test weight needed based on
the best performance from a device with a specific capacity and
a. Record the capacity of the balance
b. Record the minimum increment (readability) of the balance
c. Divide the result from step 2. above by a factor of four. This
number results in the appropriate tolerance for the test weight
required. For example, if the balance in question has a capacity
of 120 g and a displayed resolution of 0.1 mg (0.0001 g), the
result of the calculation would be 0.25 mg (0.00025 g).
d. Refer to the ASTM Weight Tolerance Table on page 251
e. In the column titled "Metric Denomination" find the weight value closest
to the capacity of the balance. If the exact number is not available,
select the next smallest value. For example, a balance has a capacity
of 120 g. The closest value but smaller than the rated capacity of the
balance is 100 g.
f. Read across the table to the right to locate the tolerance that is closest
to, but smaller than the value of 0.25 mg calculated in step three. The
first value that meets this criteria is 0.13 mg, Class 0
g. To assure the most error-free results, an ASTM Class 0 test weight
should be used for this calibration exercise. However, because the
value in the next column is .025 mg exactly, an ASTM Class 1 device
could be selected with satisfactory results.
h. Now we know that every test weight we purchase for this device
must be a minimum of ASTM Class 1.
Option 3: Manually calculate the test weight based on the tolerance of
the procedure or methodology.
a. Given - your balance has a capacity of 120 g
b. Given - your balance has a readability of 0.0001 g (0.1 mg)
c. G
iven - you wish to check your balance at weighing capacities of
5 g, 10 g, and 15 g.
d. T
o get the proper results, weights with the following capacities
are required: 1 ea 5 g, 1 ea 10 g
You will be able to use the 5 g test weight alone to test the device
at 5 g; the 10 g weight alone to test the device at 10 g; and the 5 g
and 10 g test weights together to test the device at 15 g.
e. Given
~ the tolerance you are looking for in your procedure is 0.5
f. D
ivide your tolerance of 0.5 mg by a factor of 4. This results in a
tolerance of 0.125 mg
g. Refer to the ASTM Weight Tolerance Table on page 251.
h. B
ecause more than one weight is being used to accomplish this
test, cumulative tolerance will need to be applied considering the
tolerances of both a 5 g and 10 g test weight together to insure
that they do not exceed 0.125 mg.
i. F ind the first 10 g weight value in the column titled "Metric
Denomination". Read across the chart to find the value that is closest
to but smaller than the calculated tolerance of 0.25 mg from step
4c above. This would be the value of 0.074 under ASTM Class 2.
ASTM Class 3 cannot be used since that value 0.25 mg is larger
than the calculated tolerance of 0.125 mg.
j. F ollow the ASTM Class 2 column until you are across from the 5
g test weight, which is the next test weight being used. As listed
on the chart, the tolerance for a 5 g ASTM Class 2 test weight is
0.054 mg.
k.Add this to the tolerance of the 10 g ASTM Class 2 test weight
from step 4 above. The result is 0.74 mg + 0.054 mg = 0.128 mg.
This value is larger than the stated tolerance of 0.125 mg. Because
of this, tolerances for ASTM Class 1 need to be used to improve
l.The tolerance for an ASTM Class 1 10 g test weight is 0.050 mg. The
tolerance for an ASTM Class 1 5 g test weight is 0.034 mg. When
combined, the total accumulated tolerance of 0.084 mg of is well
within the stated tolerance of 0.125 mg. Therefore, for this procedure,
ASTM Class 1 test weights should be used.
The following is an example of how to use test weights with the appropriate
pedigree to calibrate and verify an electronic weighing device such as an
electromagnetic force restoration balance. Manufacturer's operating and
maintenance instructions should always be referenced prior to performing a
test or making adjustments. Pay exceptional attention to the manufacturer's
discussion on the environment suitable for the device. At the end of these
procedures, refer to page 251 for information regarding weighing influence
factors. Failure to consider these specifications and conditions will invalidate
this procedure. Please contact us if you cannot locate the operating
instructions for your device. We may be able to provide a duplicate.
Equipment required:
• Balance
• Accessory printer (to document calibration changes
and results*)
• Cotton gloves
• Tweezers
• Tongs (as appropriate to handle the test weights)
• Test weight calibration report, or traceable certificate.
1.Using the manufacturer's operating instructions, set up the balance
in the environment in which it is intended for use. Allow the balance
to "soak" in the environment for a minimum of 24 hours prior to any
testing. This is a critical step. Many of the mechanical structures in
a balance are affected by the changes in environment. To ensure
a proper test with definable results, the device must be allowed to
equalize within its environment.
2.If the balance is equipped with an internal calibration feature, activate
that feature and allow the printer, if so equipped, to document the
3.If the balance is not equipped with an internal calibration feature, use
an external electronic balance calibration weight and, following the
manufacturer's recommendations, calibrate the balance. Many electronic
balances deployed in the field allow you to select the size of calibration
weight you wish to use. To minimize the impact of hysteresis on linearity,
it is strongly recommended that you use a weight that represents 100%
of the rated capacity of the device.
Balance Verification Using Calibrated Weights (continued)
5.When external (preferred) or internal calibration has been successfully
accomplished, select a verification weight that is representative of a
typical sample used on a daily basis. If the weighing device is used
for samples of exceptionally different values, consider the number of
transactions with each typical sample. Develop a representative sample
size for this test. The test weights you use for this test should not only
be representative of the sample size, but also have the appropriate
laboratory documentation and traceability to ensure test validity.
6.Tare or zero the balance and verify that the display reads a stable
zero value
7.With the device reading zero, apply the sample test weight to the
8. Wait until the balance indicates that it is no longer "in-motion."
9. Write down the reading on the display.
10. Remove the test weight from the balance.
11.Wait until the balance is no longer "in motion" and the display has
returned to a stable 0 value.
12. Repeat steps 5-10 20 times.
13. Using the results from step 11, calculate a standard deviation
14.Multiply the answer in step 13 by 3. This is the random error that is
expected for the balance with a 99% confidence level. This number
now becomes the upper and lower limits for the performance
verification. In other words, the balance is performing satisfactorily
when the results of a balance reading compared to the practical
test weight (PTW) are no more than PTW + STDV and no less than
PTW – STDV.
A. LE = Linear Error
B. ECW = Rated Error of the Calibration Weight
C. L = Load
D. CL = Calibration Load
17.A study of the points presented so far explains the fallacy of attempting
to calibrate a balance at less than 100% of its rated capacity. Failure
to do so can make the device's performance completely theoretical
and destroy the intent of uncertainty budgets.
18.Using all of this information, it is now possible to determine the
anticipated result for the verification process.
19.Using the laboratory documentation for the test weight that represents
the typical sample weight, determine the error or correction of the
weight. Also, check the uncertainty of the weight that you will use
for this process. The uncertainty must be no greater than 25% of
the random error of the balance being examined from step 15. If the
uncertainty of the weight is greater than 25% of the random error of
the balance, select a test weight of equivalent value but with a higher
accuracy class. In the event that the correction on your laboratory
documentation is a negative number, the weight in question is below
nominal value by that amount. A positive value means the weight is
heavier than nominal by that amount.
20.Calculate the anticipated value for performance verification using the
following formula where:
• EV = Expected Value;
• AMV = Actual Mass Value and
• LE = Linear Error (from step 14)
15.It is important to now verify the results of the standard deviation
against the repeatability specification for the weighing device under
test. If the standard deviation value is greater than the repeatability
factor of the balance under test consider the following.
Recheck the installation parameter of the balance. Be acutely aware
of environmental influences on the balance under test as these can
have a significant impact on the device's performance. If you are
confident that all preventative measures have been taken to insure
optimal balance performance, contact the manufacturer of the device
for additional recommendations.
16. Determine the correction value from the laboratory documentation that
accompanies the test weight used to calibrate the balance at 100%
from step 3. The correction value is the error that was introduced
into the balance mechanism and algorithms when the balance
was calibrated in step 3. The calibration function in most electronic
balances of recent manufacture compensates and sets the linearity
of the device from the point in the weighing range representing the
calibration load down through and including zero. It is critical that
the calibration be performed as close as possible to 100% of the
balance's rated capacity. Perform balance calibration with an external
calibration test weight since the linear error cannot be deduced by
using an internal calibration weight. If the balance was calibrated at
100% of its rated load, 100% of the error in the calibration weight was
also introduced at that point. This error is reduced to half its original
value at the 50% load point. It is further reduced to 75% at the 25%
load point. It is possible to make an estimation of the linear error of
the calibration by the equation in figure 2.
Where AMV = Actual Mass Value; NV = Nominal Value and AM = Apparent
Mass vs. 8.0 correction in the following formula:
Verification range = 9.99999 g +/- (-0.9 mg)
21.Verification: Zero the balance and place the verification weight on
the balance. If the actual reading is within the random error range
established in the calculation of the anticipated value, the verification
passes.
Refer to the chart below.
• Balance specification – 100 g x 0.1 mg
• Calibration load – 100 g (100% of rated capacity)
• Test weight specifications
00 g Class 1 electronic balance calibration weight
with a correction of + 0.10 mg
0 g Class 1 electronic balance calibration weight
with a correction of + 0.010 mg
• Typical sample value – 10 g
Following the instructions above (step 14), 20 measurements are taken
and the standard deviation is found to be 0.3 mg. Applying a factor of 3
(3 x 0.3 mg), the value calculates to 0.9 mg.
To calculate the Linear error =
•Perform verifications at different times of the day. If you notice that the
results are significantly different at these different times, it may suggest
that the environmental conditions within the work space are changing
and may have unforeseen impact on the work being conducted.
•Constantly monitor the condition and weight value of your test weights.
Under the auspices of NIST H-150, laboratories providing recalibration
services are prohibited from recommending or establishing scheduled
recall dates without your explicit instructions. To learn more about
how to determine when and if a weight is due for recalibration, please
contact us. We will be happy to discuss the process with you.
•Keep a constant running record of your test results and chart these
results using a program such as Microsoft® Excel. This record can
help you understand the data being recorded as well as help you gain
additional insight into your laboratory conditions.
•From time to time, recalculate the random error to see if your balance
is performing consistently.
Epected value =
22. In the chart below, the methodology explained in this section has
been followed. A weight of 10 g is applied to the balance. The reading on the balance is 10.00010. This value has been plotted on the
chart as X. It falls within the upper and lower limits and therefore, this
verification observation passes.
9.99999 = 10 + (-0.01 mg)
•Have your balance serviced according to the manufacturer's instructions
or recommendations by your dealer to ensure it maintains optimum
operational parameters.
® Microsoft is a registered trademark of the Microsoft Corporation
The actual verification is performed and the reading on the balance results
in a value of 10.0003 grams. Since this value is within the control limit, the
results of the test is a "pass," as relative to a "pass/fail" rating system.
Weights, Balances & Uncertainty
6. Units of measure
load causes the force-transmitting lever to move upward into the
range of the position sensor. This in turn generates an input signal
at the servo amplifier, causing a greater amount of current to flow
through the coil and therefore increase the counter force until
equilibrium is restored. The current simultaneously flows through
a resistor where it causes a drop in voltage proportional to the
change in weight on the platform. This voltage drop is digitized
in an analog/digital converter so that the result is processed
in a digital signal-processing unit (microprocessor), which can
then in turn be indicated on a digital display with the appropriate
mass indicator.
7. Platform dimensions
Leveling the Balance
8. Environmental consideration
Most balances available today include a "bubble level" or "bull'seye-level" on the device. Along with this feature, two or more of
the legs on the balance are adjustable, allowing for adjustment
of the horizontal plane of the device to compensate for an outof-level working surface. Use the bubble level and adjusting legs
to insure the balance is properly leveled. An out-of-level balance
will add uncertainty to test results.
The factors that can influence which balance is
appropriate for your application are:
1. Capability – the need for multiple balances
2. Readability
3. Capacity
4. "Accuracy" vs. "readability"
5. Repeatability and linearity
9. Communications interface
10. 21 CFR Part 11 compliance
11. Data reporting
12. Legal-for-trade requirements
As with any other testing device or sensor in the laboratory, a
complete understanding of the factors that can influence proper
weighing/test results is very important.
Room Conditions
For proper installation and maintenance of a balance, it is
important to limit uncertainty. Uncertainty can be defined as a
statistical estimated amount or percentage by which an observed
or calculated value may differ from the true value.
1. Only one door to prevent air drafting.
Determining Uncertainty
For this exercise, presume that the balance indication, the
sensitivity of the weighing device, the application of the load, and
the proper zero setting of the device are all operating without
question and those elements under the original control of the
device manufacturer (i.e., overall design, accuracy readability,
sensitivity, drift, and off-center loading characteristics) are
within the device's design specifications. What needs to be
determined is the impact of other influences on the uncertainty
of test results.
Ideally, the laboratory should have the following characteristics
at a minimum:
2. Limited personnel access to prevent drafting and other changes
to the environment in the areas of temperature, relative humidity,
and atmospheric pressure.
3. A limited number of windows, if any at all. If there are windows,
a northern exposure is ideal so that exposure to direct sunlight
is limited.
4. The work surface that is dedicated to the balance should be
located at a corner of the room, immediately opposite to the
wall containing the door. Also, the door should swing inward
into the laboratory with a balance table positioned so that the
door can act as a shield against drafting from sources external
to the laboratory.
Examining the design of the balance's installation is a critical step
in the use of a precision weighing device and is often overlooked.
The installation is the most imperative step in preparing for reliable
results. If this area of use is understood and secure, reliable test
results are more likely to be achieved.
Working Surface
Electro-Magnetic Force Restoration
In an electro-magnetic force restoration balance, a current is
regulated by a servo amplifier in a way that the electro-magnetically
generated force and the weight force applied to the platform
by the object being weighed are in equilibrium (balanced).
Maintenance of the equilibrium is controlled by a small sensor
known as a position sensor. If weight is added to the weighing
pan, this destabilizes the state of equilibrium and the overweight
Insure that the working surface is clean, firm, and stable. Make
sure that it does not feature dual or tandem connection to the floor
and a wall. If at all possible, the working surface should be used
only for work involving test measurements with the balance.
Insure that the balance does not need to be moved to meet the
various requirements induced by testing and user parameters.
Balances are not designed to be relocated between applications,
technicians, and laboratories. If a balance is moved after
installation, the results of your installation and calibration work
are no longer valid. Reinstallation should be performed before
the balance is used again.
Weights, Balances & Uncertainty (continued)
Wind Currents
RFI/EMI
Inherent with the sensitivity of most balances is the ability to be
affected by even the slightest of air movements. There are two
simple ways to evaluate the impact of air currents surrounding
the balance.
Common devices used in work environments can interfere with
the proper operation of a weighing system. These include twoway radios, wireless telephones, cordless phones, and wireless
LAN communications. With the balance operating and presenting
a stable zero reading, use a two-way radio, cell phone, or any
other electronic device within close and various proximity to the
balance. Any sudden change in reading may indicate some level of
interference and corrective action should be considered. Another
option is to contract a professional experienced with detecting,
measuring, and compensating for RFI and EMI.
Option 2: Use the balance as a "breeze sensor." To conduct
this test, complete the balance installation and set-up following
the manufacturer's instructions. Connect the balance to a
computer (according to manufacturer's instructions). Configure
the balance to interval print every 10 seconds. Configure the
computer so that the information from the balance is imported
into a spreadsheet, such as Microsoft Excel. Begin the test by
activating the print sequence on the balance. Interval printing will
continue at 10-second intervals for a set period of time to secure
an evaluation of the environment surrounding the balance. Once
the test has been completed, turn off the interval testing. Chart
the results of the data now resident in your spreadsheet. Evaluate
the results to determine if there are factors in the environment
that you wish to avoid. An optional breeze-break will modify the
unwanted behavior. If you are using an analytical-style balance
(those devices with an integral breeze-break), this observation
should not be overlooked.
This contaminant can result from something as subtle as a person
walking by or a constant low-frequency hum of a large piece of
manufacturing equipment located several work-areas away from
where the balance is located. Anti-vibration pads placed under
the feet of the balance can be a low-cost solution.
Magnetic fields within close proximity to the balance may cause
weighment errors. Sources of magnetic fields range from small
motors, computer displays, and test weights and mass standards.
Magnetism in mass standards and test weights cannot be
completely eliminated once the device is in the field. The proper
care and handling of test weights and mass standards is equally
important to minimizing uncertainties as the proper installation
and use of a balance.
Powerline Noise
If possible, insure that the balance is connected to a dedicated
power circuit. At a minimum, use a conditioned powerstrip to
insure against errors in repeatability.
Fluctuations in Temperature
Ideally, lab temperature does not change over the course of a
normal 24-hour period more than one to two degrees Celsius.
Realistically, however, many factors prevent this ideal except
in the most controlled environments. To compensate for this,
many balances have an internal automatic temperature-sensitive
calibration. It is important to purchase and use devices with this
feature. When a change in temperature that could affect the
outcome of a weighment is detected, the operator is notified
that recalibration is required, or, on some units, the device's
own internal calibration routine automatically compensates for
the temperature change.
The laboratory should be as free from windows and direct
sunlight as possible. If such a consideration is impossible, keep
weighing areas away from windows, direct sunlight, and heat and
refrigeration sources. The ideal humidity range for most balances
is between 45% and 60% non-condensing RH.
To maintain the balance's optimal internal thermal equilibrium, the
balance should not ever be turned off. When using a balance with
an enclosed weighing chamber, always use a tweezers or other
mechanical gripping device to place things in or remove things
from the weighing chamber. When choosing a container to hold
a weighing sample, select one with a small surface area.
NOTE: If using a device with an integral breeze-break, note
the difference between the environment inside and outside the
weighing chamber. If unsure about the weight vs. temperature
properties of the commodities being tested, prepare two "identical"
samples of the commodity. These "identical" samples should have
the same weight value. Leave one sample outside the weighing
chamber next to the balance. Place the other sample inside the
weighing chamber, but not on the weighing platform. Add the
second sample inside the chamber to equalize to the weighing
chamber's temperature. Weigh the sample inside the weighing
chamber once it has equalized to the chamber temperature.
Immediately weigh the sample that was outside of the weighing
chamber. If there is any difference in weight, you will need to achieve
temperature equilibrium between the sample and the weighing
chamber before making future weighing transactions.
Option 1: A simple device known as a smoke tube will generate
a harmless trail of smoke that will follow an ambient air current.
Although this is a good visual indication, this method is sufficient
only for the time that the test is being conducted.
Sample Conditions
The weight of a sample will increase or decrease depending
on its exposure to volatile substances. Similarly, the sample will
behave differently dependent on the evaporation of water or the
absorption of moisture by the sample itself. Always use clean
and dry weighing containers to hold the sample(s) under test.
Keep the weighing platform and/or weighing chamber clean and
free from foreign substances that may interfere with the testing
results. Use weighing containers with as narrow an opening as
possible and keep these containers covered unless direct and
specific work is being done with the samples.
Condition of Electro-static Discharges
ESD usually demonstrates itself in one of two ways:
1.Repeated weighments of the same sample return dissimilar
2.The reading on the weight display is unusually unstable even
though all other environmental concerns seem to be accounted
for.
The following procedures can help counteract ESD. In some
instances, following more than one of these procedures may
be necessary:
a. Avoid weighing vessels made of plastic. Glass is
preferable.
b. Ground the device. This can be achieved by running a
wire from the chassis of the device to a direct ground
connection.
c. Ground the technician. These solutions include ESD
wrist straps, ESD-proof laboratory coats, anti-static
hand soap, etc.
d. U
se anti-static brushes to discharge ESD within the
weighing chamber.
e. Discharge ESD in the balance's immediate environment.
f. There are a number of solutions that provide a constant
stream of neutralized ion air that eliminates anti-static
build-up.
g. If the above procedures fail to correct the ESD problem,
consider using only metal sample containers.
the device. If you have purchased your balance from a local
scale or balance dealer, you have the benefit of requesting
installation by a dealer technician. This is the preferable option.
A scale or balance dealer's technician is a trained professional,
who, by definition, is sensitive to all of the factors that we have
discussed in this article. Additionally, you have the benefit of
being able to call them back and troubleshoot either the device
or the environment if you have difficulty.
Operator Training and Certification
Who is going to use the balance? Operator training and
certification on a weighing device cannot be overstated.
Operator errors are not only a result of individuals being
inadequately trained, they also add untold degrees of uncertainty
to valuable test results. Every operator should have at least a
background in weighing technology, even if it is limited only
to the device in question. Additionally, they should have a
thorough understanding of the test process and the necessity
to correctly record data thus preventing an erroneous influence
in the significant process evaluation.
In summary, careful planning and/or suitable corrective action
will minimize and possibly even eliminate many sources of
uncertainty within your weighing process. It is possible that
you will determine the need to test the balance at its planned
location, and perhaps other alternative working sites in order
to arrive at the best performance parameters. This will exclude
influences of the surroundings or the operating personnel. By
controlling the optimum performance of the balance based on
its location and proper installation, you can significantly reduce
uncertainties in your weighing processes.
With all of these factors under control, you should be able to
proceed now using good laboratory weighing practices to
determine the standard deviation of your device, as well as the
uncertainty of your process.
Who is doing the installation? There are basically three types
of "installers" for precision weighing equipment: laboratory
technicians, maintenance staff, or a dealer technician. If you
have purchased your balance directly from one of the major
catalog suppliers, your options for installation and maintenance
are limited to either a laboratory technician or the in-house
maintenance staff. Find the individual with the most experience
and insure they thoroughly follow the instructions that come with
Factors in the Environment
To be able to conduct more precise measurements, it is necessary to minimize the factors that contribute to measurement errors.
There are a great variety of such error-inducing factors, which can be linked to machine error and performance of the balance itself,
as well as the properties and condition of sample being measured, and the measuring environment (e.g.., vibration, temperature/
humidity). These factors can readily affect the results of measurement on a balance.
This material includes some precautionary notes that the user should bear in mind to eliminate error factors and ensure accurate
measurement results.
1. Precautions in the Measuring Room
select a solid measuring bench that is less susceptible to
vibration. (A bench in vibration-proof structure or one made
of concrete or stonework will be suitable). Moreover, do not
conduct measurement with a soft cloth or paper placed
under the balance, since the balance my be rocked out of
precise level positioning.
ow relative humidity tends to induce static electricity.
(Relative humidity of about 60% is considered ideal).
1.2 Vibration/Shaking
• The measuring room should preferably be located on the
ground floor or in the basement. Higher floors are more
susceptible to heavy vibration and shaking, which make
such locations less suitable for measurement. A room
facing a railway or road with heavy traffic should also be
avoided as much as possible.
1.3 Drafts
• Avoid choosing a location subject to a direct draft of airflow
from an air-conditioning unit or exposed to direct sunlight,
which may cause abrupt fluctuation in temperature.
• A
void a room subject to a heavy flow of people, since
fluctuations in drafts and temperature are likely to occur
in such a location.
1.4 Gravity
• The gravity acting on a sample varies depending on the
latitude or height of the location where measurement
is being conducted. For this reason, the same sample
may show different weight indications from one place to
another. Therefore, make it a rule to calibrate the balance
every time it is relocated.
• P
lace the measuring bench in a location free from vibration
as much as possible. It is a good idea to install the measuring
bench in a corner of the measuring room, where less
vibration is likely to occur than in the center of the room.
2.2 Magnetism/Static Electricity
void operating the balance on a bench that is susceptible
to the effects of magnetism or static electricity.
3. Precautions on the Samples
3.1 Static Electricity
• G
enerally speaking, objects made of synthetic resin and
glass have high electric insulating properties and, therefore,
are apt to be electrically charged. Measuring a charged
sample may cause unstable indications. With this in mind,
be sure to discharge samples before measurement.
3.2 Magnetism
sample affected by magnetism indicates different weight
values depending on where it is located on the measuring
pan, along with poor reproducibility of the results.
hen a magnetized sample must be measured, first
demagnetize it or place an appropriate pedestal on the
measuring pan to adequately separate the mechanism
part of the balance from the magnetized sample to avoid
the effects of magnetism.
1.5 Electromagnetic Waves
• When the balance is located near an object that generates
intense electromagnetic waves, it may be hindered from
showing accurate weight due to the effects of such
waves.
3.3 Absorption/Evaporation of Moisture
• Measuring a sample with moisture absorbed or evaporated
(volatilized) continuously increases or decreases the
values indicated. In such case, measure the sample in a
container with a small opening and sealed airtight with a
• If the balance is subjected to vibration during measurement, its
indications will become unstable, thus preventing accurate
measurement from being conducted. To avoid this situation,
3.4 Sample Temperature
• A difference in temperature between a sample and the
interior of a windshield may cause convection to occur
inside the windshield, resulting in erroneous measurement.
2. Precautions on the Measuring Bench
1.1 Temperature/Humidity
• Try to maintain constant room temperature as much
as possible to prevent condensation and unstable
indications due to fluctuations in temperature.
Factors in the Environment (continued)
Therefore, measure a very hot or cold sample only after
allowing time for its temperature to acclimatize to room
temperature. Moreover, to prevent convection inside the
windshield, allow time for the interior of the windshield to
acclimatize to room temperature.
• F
or more precise calibration, use an external calibration
weight that approximates the weighing capacity.
Moreover, calibrate the balance only after allowing time
for proper acclimation to ambient temperature following
• The body heat of a person conducting measurement can
also affect measurement results. Avoid holding the sample
with bare hands, and use long tweezers or a similar tool
instead. Also refrain from putting your hands inside the
windshields while measurement is in progress.
ait at least 30 minutes after switching on the balance,
then perform calibration only after loading the balance
several times with an object of weight equal to the
weighing capacity.
4. P
recautions on the Main Unit
of the Balance
4.1 Precautions on Use
• The balance is protected with a transparent dust cover.
The dust cover may be statically charged immediately
after removal from the packing box or under low humidity
conditions. Unstable indications by the balance may be
due to a statically charge dust cover. Wipe the dust cover
with a damp cloth or use a commercial antistatic agent.
Simply operate the balance with the dust cover removed
to assist with this problem.
o achieve more accurate weighing, wait at least 30
minutes after switching on the balance, then use the
balance only after loading it several times with an object
of weight equal to the weighing capacity.
Calibration is also required in the following cases:
• When operating the balance for the first time
hen the balance has not been used for a long time
• When relocating the balance
hen there is wide fluctuation in temperature, humidity
or atmospheric pressure
• When the measuring pan or pan base is contaminated
with powder or liquid, erroneous weight values may
result or indications may remain unstable. Therefore,
be sure to frequently clean the balance. When cleaning
the balance, be very careful not to allow dirt or liquid to
penetrate inside the mechanism.
4.2 Calibration
• Periodically calibrate the balance to ensure accurate
measurement at all times.
Measuring Room
Vibration/Shaking
Electromagnetic Waves
Absorption/Evaporation
of Moisture
Ordering Laboratory Documentation
New Weights
Traceable and Weight Calibration Certificates can be purchased with every weight we sell.
To order either document with your purchase of a new weight or weight set, you should:
1. Note on your purchase order to add these services.
2.Call or fax the order and we will quote you the additional price immediately.
Existing Weights
Your existing weights and weight sets should be recertified on a managed periodic
basis determined by a number of factors, including but not necessarily limited to: the
environment, frequency of use, demands of the process, quality of the weighing devices
in question, age of the weights in question, and handling during use.
Our state-of-the-art metrology lab is equipped to calibrate your existing weights and
mass standards and can provide either a Traceable or Weight Calibration Certificate
at your request.
When calibrating existing weights there are many factors that affect the cost: age, design,
abuse, required finish, tolerance and class needed. To accurately estimate the cost of
our calibration service, we offer the following four-hour* response options:
•Complete the Weight Recalibration Request form available online at www.ricelake.
com/recalibration or on page 257
•Return the Weight Recalibration Request form with the weights and we will evaluate
the weights and phone you with a quote.
•Call and tell us what weights you have and what service you need and we will give
you a quote over the phone.
4 Days
Calibration Turnaround in
4-Day Turnaround for
Weights and Calibration Services
If you have a specific date that you need the weights back, call ahead
and schedule an appointment. Our metrology lab will then schedule your work
before we receive your weights.
Please call 1-800-472-6703 to receive a copy of the Weight Recalibration
Request to schedule a time for certification of your weights.
Weight Recalibration Request form must be received at RLWS during the hours
of 6:30 a.m. to 6:30 p.m. Monday through Friday and on Saturday from 8:00 a.m.
to Noon Central Standard Time.
Standard Specification for Laboratory Weights and Precision Mass Standards
Reprinted from the Annual Book of ASTM Standards. © ASTM
Accuracy Class of Weights
A class of weights that meets certain metrological requirements
intended to keep the errors within specified limits (definition from
OIML R 111).
Mass values are traditionally expressed by two numbers, one being the
nominal mass of the weight, and the second being a correction. The
mass of the weight is the assigned nominal value plus the assigned
correction. Positive corrections indicate that the weight embodies
more mass than is indicated by the assigned nominal value.
The process of changing the mass either by polishing or adding
and subtracting material, to bring the mass within the tolerance of a
specified class.
As Found
The value of the mass recorded by Rice Lake Weighing Systems after
cleaning and before any adjustment based on a density of 8 g/cm3
at 20° C.
As Left
The value of the mass after any necessary adjustments are made
based on a density of 8 g/cm3 at 20° C.
Buoyancy Correction
The calculation needed to compensate for the varying air density in
order to ascertain the true mass value.
The acts of determining the mass difference between a standard of
known mass value and an "unknown" test weight or set of weights,
establishing the mass value and conventional mass value of the
"unknown," and of determining a quantitative estimate of the uncertainty
to be assigned to the stated mass or conventional mass value of the
"unknown," or both. Set of operations that establish, under specified
conditions, the relationship between values of quantities indicated by
a measuring instrument or measuring system, or values represented
by a material measure or a reference material, and the corresponding
values realized by standards (definition from International Vocabulary
of Basic and General Terms in Metrology).
Certificate of Tolerance Test
Document that certifies that the subject weights are within specified
tolerances. Referred to as an RLWS Certificate of Accuracy or RLWS
Traceable Mass Value Report.
Certificate or Report of Calibration
Document that presents calibration results and other information relevant
to a calibration (definition from NCSL Z-540-1-1994). Referred to as
an RLWS Calibration Report or RLWS Traceable Certificate.
Conventional Mass
Conventional value of the result of weighing in air, in accordance to
International Recommendation OIML R 33. For a weight taken at
20º C, the conventional mass is the mass of a reference weight of a
density of 8000 kg/m3 which it balances in air of density of 1.2 kg/m3
(definition from OIML R 33).
The unit of mass divided by its volume. For a precision calibration,
density testing is required to calculate buoyancy correction.International
Prototype Kilogram The platinum iridium cylinder maintained at the
International Bureau of Weights and Measures (BIPM), at Sevres, France
with an internationally accepted defined mass of 1 kg. Reference
Standard A standard, generally of the highest metrological quality
available at a given location, from which measurements made at that
location are derived (definition from NIST/NVLAP Handbook 150).
Set of Weights
A series of weights, usually presented in a case so arranged to make
possible any weighing of all loads between the mass of the weight with
the smallest nominal value and the sum of the masses of all weights of
the series with a progression in which the mass of the smallest nominal
value weight constitutes the smallest step of the series (definition from
OIML R 111). Tolerance (adjustment tolerance or maximum permissible
errors) The maximum amount by which the conventional mass of the
weight is allowed to deviate from the assigned nominal value.Tolerance
test Verification that the conventional mass of the weights and their
corresponding uncertainties as tested are correct within the maximum
permissible errors of the respective weight class.
Property of the result of a measurement or the value of a standard
whereby it can be related to stated references, usually national or
international standards, through an unbroken chain of comparisons
all having stated uncertainties (definition from International Vocabulary
Parameter associated with the result of a measurement that
characterizes the dispersion of the values that could reasonably be
attributed to the measured (definition from NCSL Z-540-1-1994). The
range of values within which the true value is estimated to lie. U.S.
National prototype standard Platinum iridium kilogram identified as
K20, maintained at the National Institute of Standards and Technology,
with value assigned relative to the International Prototype Kilogram
provides the United States access to the mass unit. Weight (mass
standard) A material measure of mass, regulated in regard to its physical
and metrological characteristics: shape, dimension, material, surface
quality, nominal value, and maximum permissible error (definition
from OIML R 111).
Equipment Return Information
At Rice Lake Weighing Systems, we want you to be completely satisfied
with any product purchased from us. If it does not work, or is not right,
return it for full credit or replacement within 30 days of shipment.
We may, at our option, assess a restocking charge if the equipment
1. Not correctly specified for the application intended, and/or
2. Damaged beyond reasonable recovery.
The restocking charge is directly proportional to the amount of time and
material expense required by us to return the item to resaleable condition.
If an item was held or in use in excess of 30 days, a restocking charge,
not to exceed 10%, will be assessed.
Special Order, Modified, Non-Catalog,
Unusual or Non-Stock Items
We will repair or replace, at our option, equipment which is defective by
nature of poor quality materials or substandard workmanship, within the
specified warranty period. No returns will be accepted for any special
order equipment, or for equipment physically modified or altered in
the field. Additionally, no returns will be accepted for items that are
specifically modified for the customer's requirements. For example, test
weights that have been specifically built to the customer's specifications
or standard product so modified, or standard weights that have been
engraved with the serial numbers at the customer's request, as well as
laboratory procedure charges, documentation fees, etc.
Items that were quoted with the following statement affixed to the
quotation, sales order and/or invoice cannot be considered for return —
"This quote contains special products that would be uniquely designed
for this order. Because these would be NON STANDARD products, we
would not accept returns."
When returning equipment for repairs or warranty reimbursement, these
simple steps will help expedite your request:
1.Call (715) 234-9171, extension 5348, and ask for a return
coordinator. You will then be issued a return authorization
number.
2.When preparing equipment for return shipment, complete a Return
Authorization (RA) form and provide a description of the problem
you are experiencing. Be sure to include the Return Authorization
number we provided and enclose the form with the shipment. For
additional forms, ask the return coordinator to send you a supply.
3.Please write the Return Authorization number on the outside of
the package to help us speed your package through our receiving
Standard Catalog Equipment
Seller warrants that the products contained in this catalog will conform
to written specifications, drawings, and other descriptions made by the
manufacturer, including any modification thereof. The Seller warrants
the goods against faulty workmanship and defective materials. If any
goods fail to conform to these warranties, Seller will, as its sole and
exclusive liability hereunder, repair or replace such goods if they are
returned within the following warranty period: Twelve (12) months from
date of shipment from manufacturer for test weight products.
These warranties are made upon the express condition that:
1.Rice Lake Weighing Systems is given prompt written notice
upon discovery by Buyer of such nonconformity, with a detailed
explanation of the alleged deficiencies;
2.Such goods are returned to the Seller at the expense of the
Buyer;
3.Examination of such goods by Seller discloses that the nonconformity
actually exists and was not caused by accident, misuse, neglect,
alteration, improper installation, improper or unauthorized repair,
or improper testing; and
Rice Lake Weighing Systems will have a reasonable time to repair or
replace such goods.
THESE WARRANTIES EXCLUDE ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. SELLER WILL NOT, IN ANY EVENT, BE
LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
IN ACCEPTING THIS WARRANTY, THE PURCHASER OR BUYER
AGREES TO WAIVE ANY AND ALL OTHER CLAIM OR RIGHT TO
WARRANTY, OR IF SUCH BE THE CASE, ANY CLAIM OF WARRANTY
FROM RICE LAKE WEIGHING SYSTEMS, INCORPORATED. SHOULD
THE SELLER BE OTHER THAN RICE LAKE WEIGHING SYSTEMS,
INCORPORATED, THE BUYER AGREES TO LOOK ONLY TO THE
SELLER FOR ITS WARRANTY CLAIM OR CLAIMS.
No terms, conditions, understanding, or agreements purporting to
modify the terms of this warranty shall have any legal effect unless
made in writing and signed by a corporate officer of the Seller.
4.Such goods have not been modified, altered, or changed by any
person other than the Seller or its duly authorized repair agents.
Critical Specification and Ordering Information
ASTM General
•Due to varying configurations, the actual appearance of your
product may be slightly different than shown on the catalog
•Laboratory documentation is forwarded unless otherwise
specified at time of order with the weights
• Lost documentation fees:
- Replacement documentation is provided free of charge if
reported lost within six months of the date of the original
- If reported lost after six months from the date of the
original document, a fee of $50.00 plus shipping will be
ASTM Electronic Balance
•All cylindrical weights (excluding grip handle weights) include
their own protective case and glove set for safe handling
•Grip handle weights are stackable and include a glove for
proper handling
•All weights feature a highly buffed satin-finish surface except
where noted
ASTM Individual Weights
•Serial numbers are available for an additional $15.00 each
when ordered without laboratory documentation
• Class 0 weights include their own protective case
•Documentation shown available with each set reflects the
appropriate test designs for that class of device
•Additional lead time for ASTM Class 0 laboratory testing may be
•ASTM Classes 0–7 are manufactured in accordance with ASTM
E 617-97 specifications and tolerances
•ASTM Class 0 weight sets and individual weights are of onepiece construction. Per ASTM E 617-97, Class 0 weights are
not individually marked with their weight value and can not be
individually serialized
ASTM Weight Sets
•Weight sets are serialized at no extra charge when ordered with
lab documentation
•Each weight set consists of the weights, a case and/or small weight
case (as appropriate), lifter and/or tweezers as appropriate, and white
OIML General
- If reported lost after six months from the date of the original
document, a fee of $50.00 plus shipping will be charged
•Denominations of 5 mg–1 mg, if present, are of aluminum material
(Class 0 only)
•OIML weights are manufactured to the specifications of the
International Recommendation, OIML R 111, 1994 Edition
•5-3-2-1 sets consist of one weight of each denomination specified
for the set
OIML Weight Sets
for the set except for two weights per set of each weight value
that begins with the number 2 (i.e., 2 kg, 200 g, 20 g, 2 g, etc.)
(There are no denomination 3 weights)
•Weight sets with weights larger than 500 g or 1 lb include a
hardwood case with velvet-lined pockets
•Weight sets with the largest weight 500 g include a precisionmachined polyvinyl, crush resistant case
•Weight sets are serialized at no extra charge when ordered
with lab documentation
•Each weight set consists of the weights, a case and/or
small weight case (as appropriate), lifter and/or tweezers as
appropriate, and white cotton gloves
•Denominations of 5 mg–1 mg, if present, are of aluminum
•5-3-2-1 sets consist of one weight of each denomination
specified for the set
specified for the set except for two weights per set of each
weight value that begins with the number 2 (i.e., 2 kg, 200
g, 20 g, 2 g, etc.)
Critical Specification and Ordering Information continued
OIML Individual Weights
• Serial numbers are not stamped on polished weights
•Individual weights include their own protective case and glove
set for safe handling
NIST General
•These devices may be used for testing and calibrating devices
placed in commercial use (NIST H-44 classes I, II, III, IIIL, and
IV) as well as other weighing devices. Please refer to pages
94 and 95 for additional information
NIST Individual Weights
• Leaf weights are shipped in a protective vial
? Need help deciding
•Laboratory documentation is forwarded as follows unless
otherwise specified at time of order with the weights
which laboratory
documentation is
appropriate for your
application?
Please refer to our
Calibration Service Selection
Guide on page 228.
NIST Weight Sets
•Weight sets are serialized at no extra charge, when ordered
•NIST Class F weights are manufactured to the specifications
of NIST H-105-1 as appropriate
Standard Courier Service
Truck Service
Determining Air Shipping Rates
ABF, Yellow, Roadway, FedEx Freight, CCX.
and Mid-States
When shipping via air services, couriers require that the shipping
weight be determined by the greater of the actual weight of the boxed
product or its dimensional shipping weight. The formula for calculating
dimensional shipping weight is as follows: L x W x H/194 for domestic air
shipments and L x W x H/166 for international air shipments. RLWS takes
the added precaution of double boxing some of our products. This may
result in dimensional weight charges by the carrier when shipping by air.
Even with this added precaution, we suggest that you always ship high
precision and fragile products via air service.
Federal Express (FedEx)
First Overnight
8 A.M.*
10:30 A.M.*
3 P.M.*
4:30 P.M. within 3 days
1–5 day guarantee (depending on distance)
Next-day delivery on all stock items anywhere in the contiguous USA
when UPS Next-Day Air is specified, and ordered prior to 6:00 p.m.
Central Time.
Next Day Air*
8:30 a.m. (9:30 Sat.) 10:30 a.m.
2nd Day Air A.M.*
Air Saver
Air Sat.*
2nd Day Air
3 Day Select
Guaranteed delivery to commercial address on promised date
(see map)
* Where available
All UPS deliveries available in the contiguous USA only
Estimated days for UPS ground delivery from our plant in
Rice Lake, Wisconsin.
Domestic Courier Service
UPS, Supply Chain Solutions
• Delivery by Noon next business day (Gold Priority Plus)
• Delivery by 9:30 A.M. next business day (0930)
• Delivery by 5:00 P.M. 2nd business day (Gold Priority Second Day)
• Saturday delivery (all Menlo Worldwide where available)
BAX Global & Expeditors
• Overnight (Guaranteed, Standard)
• Second Day (Guaranteed, Standard)
• 1–3 days (BAX Saver)
Worldwide Priority Express
(Collect Service Only)
• International (Door to Port)
• Puerto Rico (A.M. and Second Day)
• Express (Door to Door)
• Standard Plus (Door to Door)
• Preferred (Airport to Airport)
• Standard (Airport to Airport)
• Expedited (includes Canada)
• International Ground (Canada &
Puerto Rico only)
• Bax Guaranteed (Door to Door)
Overnight and Second Day
• Bax Standard (Door to Door)
• Bax Saver (Door to Door) 1-3 days
• International (Aiport to Door)
• Express (Includes Canada)
• Standard (Ground Canada only)
We can provide service through a forwarder of your choice, or select one
of our preferred forwarders.
Flatbed Truckload
BAX Global
J&R Schugel, Roehl
UPS, Supply Chain Solutions • Priority (includes Canada)
Early A.M.*
Truckload only
All FedEx overnight, 2nd Day and Express Saver deliveries available in the
contiguous United States only.
Stan Koch & Sons Trucking
UPS, FedEx, DHL-Collect Service Only
BAX Global, UPS, Supply Chain Solutions & Expeditors
Overseas Ocean Freight (Call for estimated delivery)
Weight Re-Calibration Request
*Company: _______________________________________________________ Customer #: ________________________
*Billing Address: ___________________________________ *City: ______________________________________________
*State: _____________________________ *Zip/Postal Code: __________ *Country: ____________________________
*Contact: _________________________________________ Phone: _____________________________________________
E-mail: ___________________________________________ Fax: ________________________________________________
Shipping Address (if different from above billing address)
*Company: _____________________________________________________________________________________________
*Address: _________________________________________ *City: ______________________________________________
*Shipping Method: _____________________________________________________
*Purchase Order #: _________________________
Credit Card #: _______________________________________
If replacing weights or cases: � Return old
Expiration Date: _____________________________________
� Dispose of old
Cardholder's Name: __________________________________
*Recall Date: � Yes If yes, date/number of years: _________________________________________________________
� No
*Documentation Required (select only one type of documentation):
� NVLAP Weight Calibration Certificate (Traceable to NIST)
� Mass Value RLWS Certificate (Not an accredited certificate)
� NVLAP Traceable Certificate (Traceable to NIST, Classes 4, 6, 7 and F)
Specify name and address to be printed on certificate:
*Range and Density of Weights
*Class of weight(s) described in table to left:
ASTM: �0
*Number of Weights
Serial Number(s)
Prior Cert. Number(s)
�2
OIML:
�E2 �F1 �F2 �M1 �M2 �M3
NIST:
� Class F � Other: _____________________
�Class F
�6 __�7
� Other: _____________________
Have these weights been exposed to hazardous materials?
Signature: ______________________________________
�**Yes
Title: __________________________________
Date: ______________
Print Name: ____________________________________ Print Title: ____________________________________________
**If yes, please complete Statement of Decontamination form and include a copy of this form and your order along with your weights. If weights
have been exposed to hazardous materials, service will not be performed without a completed Decontamination Form.
Additional Services/Products? - New Weight Case, Weight Forceps, Weight Lifters, Gloves, etc.
To receive a quote for re-calibration, return this form with purchase order via
one of the following methods:
E-mail to [email protected]
Fax to 715-234-6967
Mail along with weights to Metrology Lab
For questions, please contact our weights specialists at 800-472-6703 ext. 6655.
© 2008 Rice Lake Weighing Systems • Specifications subject to change without notice.
230 W. Coleman St. • Rice Lake, WI 54868 • USA
www.ricelake.com/recalibration
#0048 Rev 6, 09/08
learn more. Earn more.
AND GH Series Instruction Manual
AND FZ-iWP Series Instruction Manual
Table of Contents - AMCO Instruments
FX-iWP SERIES - Cole
Escali DS115B Mercado Analog Food Scale Product Brochure
AND GX/GF-K Series Instruction Manual
GH-120 GH-200 GH-300 GH-202 GH-252
Sartorius CC30002, CC50002
2011 Precision Solutions.indb
Complete Catalog Laboratory Mechatronics
AND AD-4212A/AD-4212B Series Instruction Manual
Intelligent-Lab™ Milligram Balance
Balances Table of Contents
AND FZ/FX-i Series Instruction Manual
FZ-i / FX-i SERIES
User Manual - Data Weighing Systems
RLWS 650-10-1 LIT - Rochester Scale Works
Sartorius Extend The new achievers for your lab